<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.60

                     SPECIAL TERMS & CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE

ARTICLE SC.1 PURCHASE ORDER DOCUMENTS

The following documents shall comprise the Purchase Order, and shall together be
referred to as the "Purchase Order Documents":

(a) Purchase Order (any printed terms and conditions on the face or reverse of
    such Purchase Order are null and void);
(b) Special Terms & Conditions of Purchase ("SC");
(c) General Terms & Conditions of Purchase ("GC"); and
(d) Seller's Technical Proposal

In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Purchase Order Documents,
the provisions of the document first listed above shall prevail.

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given
to them in the General Conditions of this Purchase Order.

ARTICLE SC.2 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

GE shall design, manufacture, and supply three (3) combustion turbine generators
and associated equipment as set forth in GE's May, 2000 Proposal No. 91578AG -
Sections 7 through 8 (collectively the "Equipment"). The scope of supply shall
also include four hundred fourteen 414) manweeks of technical advisory services
and one (1) class week of gas turbine familiarization training (collectively
known as "Services"). The technical advisory services included herein are based
on a single shift per day, eight (8) hours per shift, five (5) days per week,
straight-time basis.

ARTICLE SC.3 PRICE AND PAYMENT

The Purchaser shall pay the Seller, the firm price of One hundred sixteen
million two hundred twenty four dollars ($ 116,224,000) (the "Purchase Order
Price") for such Equipment and Services. Payment shall be made in accordance
with the Payment Schedule in Schedule A and as set forth in GC.2.

The firm price (excluding taxes) for the Equipment and Services as set forth
herein is One hundred sixteen million two hundred twenty four dollars ($
116,224,000). The price set forth above includes freight to the Destination
Point (VA or MD) and reflects the making of progress payments in accordance with
the Payment Schedule A. The initial non-refundable payment of ten percent (10%)
of the above price, as required by the Payment Schedule herein, will be made by
ODEC, not later than three (3) business days following the execution of this
contract. Payment by ODEC will be by wire transfer of funds in the amount of
$11,622,400.


                                       Page 1

<PAGE>

PITTSBURGH NATIONAL BANK
5TH & WOOD STREETS
PITTSBURGH, PA 15265
BANK ROUTING # 0430 000 96
GE ACCOUNT # 215-5583

Please reference IPS # 91578 in Wire Transfer transmittal.

ARTICLE SC.4 SHIPMENT

Unless excused elsewhere in this Purchase Order, the Shipment Date for the
Equipment (i.e., both Units) provided herein shall be for two (2) units no later
than October 31, 2003 and one (1) unit by no later than November 30, 2003.

ARTICLE SC.5 DELAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

a)     Delay Liquidated Damages - Drawings

       Subject to Tab 13 of Seller's Technical Proposal, if an individual
       drawing as indicated below is submitted after the Scheduled Drawing
       Submittal Date for reasons attributable to Seller and not excused
       elsewhere in the Purchase Order Documents, the Seller shall pay as
       liquidated damages ("Drawing Liquidated Damages") and not as a penalty, a
       sum calculated in accordance with the table below until such drawing is
       submitted:

          -------------------- ----------------------------------------
               Days                   Liquidated Damages per Drawing
          -------------------- ----------------------------------------
               1-30                   $100 / day with 1,000 / day cap
          -------------------- ----------------------------------------
             Over 30                  200 / day with 2,000 / day cap
          -------------------- ----------------------------------------



Seller understands that drawings submitted by Seller will be final by the dates
indicated in the Conformed Technical Proposal. Seller shall pay to Purchaser,
within 30 days after Purchaser's demand, Liquidated Damages in the amount of one
hundred dollars ($100) for up to thirty (30) calendar days late with a one
thousand dollar ($1000) per day cap. Beyond thirty (30) days, this amount shall
increase to $200 with a two thousand dollar ($2000) per day cap.
The total aggregate liability for such Drawing Liquidated Damages shall not
exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000). Drawing Liquidated Damages
shall apply to the individual drawings identified as such in Seller's Technical
Proposal as 0306, 0323, 0326, 0330, and 1603

b) Delay Liquidated Damages -Shipment of Major Components

(1) Seller shall ship the Major Components of each Unit, FOB ex-works, two (2)
units no later than October 31, 2003 and one (1) unit by no later than November
30, 2003 ("Scheduled Major Component Shipment Date"). In the event any of the
Major Components of a Unit is shipped after the Scheduled Major Component
Shipment Date for reasons attributable to Seller and not



                                       Page 2

<PAGE>

excused elsewhere in the Purchase Order, the Seller shall pay as liquidated
damages ("Shipment Liquidated Damages") and not as a penalty, a sum calculated
in accordance with the table below until the last Major Component of the Unit is
shipped. The Shipment Liquidated Damages below are on a per Unit basis and are
not on a Major Component basis.: GE will ship the Equipment on or before dates
stated above with freight prepaid and allowed to the Destination Point.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, GE shall remain responsible for transportation
and risk of loss of the Equipment until the Equipment is delivered to the
Destination Point. "Destination Point" shall mean the delivery free on board
carrier to the nearest commercially accessible rail siding to ODEC's project
site for all rail shipments and free on board carrier to the nearest accessible
common carrier point to ODEC's project site for all truck shipments.

The following is a graduated scale for offered schedule liquidated damages for
delay in shipment of Major Components (gas turbine, generator, accessory base,
Inlet filter and PEECC) if such components are shipped after Shipment Dates.

      ------------------------------------------------------------
         Shipment       Liquidated Damages on last of Major
                                Components in delay
      ------------------------------------------------------------
         0-7 days                    $5000/day
      ------------------------------------------------------------
         8-15 days                   8,000/day
      ------------------------------------------------------------
        16-30 days                   12,000/day
      ------------------------------------------------------------
         30+ days                    25,000/day
      ------------------------------------------------------------

     The above Equipment shipping commitment is contingent upon GE having the
     Project Specific Definition (defined below) by no later than July 1, 2002.
     In the event GE does not receive the Project Specific Definition within the
     time frame specified above, GE, at its option, shall be entitled to release
     the Equipment based on the contractual definition. Changes in scope after
     such a release will be handled under the change provision as set forth in
     the contract.

     The purchaser will make commercially reasonable effort to promptly off load
equipment and release rails.
Project Specific Definition shall mean (i) configuration changes, if any, to the
base configuration (i.e., acceptance or rejection of any and all equipment
options); (ii) site conditions and fuel analysis (oil analysis and gas analysis
through C14), (iii) environmental requirements; and (iv) state, local and other
regulatory or code requirements (including seismic and wind loading design
requirements).

c) Delay Liquidated Damages (Drawings and Shipment of Major Components)

     The Seller's aggregate liability hereunder for a) Drawing Liquidated
     Damages and b) Shipment Liquidated Damages (collectively known as "Delay
     Liquidated Damages") shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the Contract
     Price. The Delay Liquidated Damages paid by

                                     Page 3

<PAGE>

     Seller for such delay shall be Purchaser's exclusive remedy and Seller's
sole obligation.

ARTICLE SC.6  PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

The Seller guarantees the performance of each Unit ("Performance Guarantees") as
set forth in Tab 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 of Seller's Technical Proposal. Subject to
GC.17, if a Unit fails to achieve the Performance Guarantees, the Seller shall
pay to the Purchaser as liquidated damages ("Performance Liquidated Damages")
and not as a penalty, a sum calculated in accordance with the table below.

For Simple Cycle Applications:

      -------------------------------------------------------------------
          Criterion      Gas Guaranteed Value     Liquidated Damages
      -------------------------------------------------------------------
          Net Output               kW                   $500/kW
      -------------------------------------------------------------------
        Net Heat Rate           Btu/kWh             5,000 $/BTU/kWh
      -------------------------------------------------------------------

If when first tested the Equipment fails to achieve the guaranteed output or
heat rate, Seller shall be afforded a period of 180 days during which it can
correct and adjust the Equipment (the "Correction Period"). If, when re-tested
at the end of the Correction Period, the Equipment again fails to achieve the
guaranteed output or heat rate, Seller shall pay to Buyer as liquidated damages
and not as a penalty a sum calculated in accordance with the table above. The
liquidated damages payable in respect of deficiencies in performance shall not
exceed five 5% of the Contract Price. The liquidated damages shall be Seller's
sole and exclusive liability for performance deficiencies.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the performance of any Unit exceeds
any of its performance guarantees (on natural gas or distillate), a credit shall
be given using the same dollar value by which the liquidated damage is
calculated for such performance guarantee. GE's performance credit or
performance liability shall be the net calculation. It is expressly understood
that in the event GE's performance credits exceed performance liabilities, ODEC
shall pay GE, as a bonus, fifty percent (50%) of the dollar value by which the
liquidated damage is calculated but only on the portion of performance credits
which are in excess of performance liabilities. The performance bonus payable in
respect of exceeding performance standards shall not exceed five 5% of the
Contract Price. Performance LD's will be paid on only one fuel.

ARTICLE SC.7  TOTAL AGGREGATE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

The Seller's overall aggregate liability hereunder for both Performance
Liquidated Damages and Delay Liquidated Damages shall not exceed ten percent
(10%) of the Contract Price. The Liquidated damages will be paid purchaser and
cannot be assigned to EPC.

                                     Page 4

<PAGE>

ARTICLE SC.8  GOVERNING LAW

This Purchase Order shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York, USA.

ARTICLE SC.9  FACTORY TESTING AND SITING

GE, at its sole discretion, shall determine the extent of factory testing to be
conducted on the Equipment. Upon request, factory test data / reports will be
made available solely at GE's option. If Purchaser's unit is FSNL tested
Seller's project manager will make reasonable effort to accommodate this event
as a witness point.

SITING
GE's pricing as provided herein applies to all three units being installed at
any one site located in Virginia or Maryland.

ARTICLE SC.10 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE:
              ---------------------------

If ODEC should cancel this contract prior to title transfer of the Equipment,
ODEC shall pay GE a termination fee in accordance with the Termination Schedule
B.

ARTICLE SC.11 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Purchase Order represents the entire agreement between the Parties and
supersedes in its entirety all prior agreements concerning the subject matter
hereof, and no modification, amendment, revision, waiver, or other change shall
be binding on either Party unless consented to in writing by the Party's
authorized representative. Any oral or written representation, warranty, course
of dealing, or trade usage not contained or referenced herein shall not be
binding on either Party. Each Party agrees that it has not relied on, or been
induced by, any representations of the other Party not contained in this
Purchase Order.

                                     Page 5

<PAGE>

                                  Schedule A/B

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Cumulative    Gas Turbine
    Months Prior                           Payment     Payment      Termination
       To Ship       Event                 Schedule    Schedule       Schedule
       -------       -----                 --------    --------       --------
<S>               <C>                      <C>        <C>           <C>
                  Order Award/ Signed       10.0%       10.0%          10.0%
                     Contract Down
                        payment
                                                        10.0%          10.0%
                                                        10.0%          10.0%
                                                        10.0%          10.0%
         24                                  2.0%       12.0%          12.0%
         23                                  2.0%       14.0%          14.0%
         22                                  2.0%       16.0%          16.0%
         21                                  2.0%       18.0%          18.0%
         20                                  2.0%       20.0%          20.0%
         19                                  2.0%       22.0%          22.0%
         18                                  2.0%       24.0%          24.0%
         17                                  2.0%       26.0%          26.0%
         16                                  2.0%       28.0%          28.0%
         15                                  2.0%       30.0%          30.0%
         14                                  3.0%       33.0%          32.0%
         13                                  3.0%       36.0%          34.0%
         12                                  3.0%       39.0%          36.0%
         11                                  3.0%       42.0%          38.0%
         10                                  3.0%       45.0%          40.0%
          9                                  3.0%       48.0%          40.0%
          8                                  3.0%       51.0%          40.0%
          7                                  3.0%       54.0%          40.0%
          6                                  3.0%       57.0%          40.0%
          5                                  3.0%       60.0%          40.0%
          4                                  3.0%       63.0%          40.0%
          3                                  4.0%       67.0%          40.0%
          2                                  4.0%       71.0%          40.0%
          1                                  4.0%       75.0%          40.0%
          0          Available to Ship      20.0%       95.0%          40.0%
          0       Shipment                                            100.0%
         -1           30 Days After          5.0%      100.0%         100.0%
                        Shipment
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial payment due upon Order Award, NET 3 days, via Wire Transfer.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remaining payments due NET 30 days from receipt of invoice via Wire Transfer.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Buyer may terminate this contract at any time upon written notice and
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
payment of termination charges in accordance with the schedule set forth above.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title to any terminated gas turbine-generator equipment remains with the Seller.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The termination exposure for any equipment for which title has transferred is
100%.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       Page 6

<PAGE>


                       GENERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SALE

1.    DEFINITIONS ...........................................................3

2.    PAYMENTS ..............................................................4

3.    SECURITY ..............................................................5

4.    TAXES .................................................................5

5.    CHANGES ...............................................................5

6.    INSPECTION AND FACTORY TESTS ..........................................6

7.    TITLE TRANSFER, RISK OF LOSS, SHIPMENT TO STORAGE .....................6

8.    EXCUSABLE DELAYS ......................................................7

9.    WARRANTY ..............................................................7

10.   PATENTS ...............................................................8

11.   INSURANCE .............................................................9

12.   INDEMNIFICATION .......................................................9

13.   LIMITATION OF LIABILITY ..............................................10

14.   INTENTIONALLY OMITTED ................................................11

15.   FINAL COMPLETION .....................................................11

16.   PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES ...............................................11

17.   TERMINATION FOR CAUSE ................................................12

18.   SELLER'S PROPRIETARY INFORMATION .....................................13

19.   GLOBAL SOURCING ......................................................13

20.   ASSIGNMENT ...........................................................13

21.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, CODES, AND STANDARDS ...........................14

22.   NOTICE TO PROCEED ....................................................14



                                     Page 1

<PAGE>

23.   SUSPENSION ...........................................................15

24.   DISPUTE RESOLUTION ...................................................15

25.   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .............................................15




                                     Page 2

<PAGE>

ARTICLE GC.1 DEFINITIONS

A. "Affiliate" shall mean any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is
under common control with, either Party, or, regardless of control or ownership,
that is set up solely for fiduciary purposes to own or operate the Units for the
benefit of a Party.

B. "Change Order" shall mean a written change order describing the change and
setting out adjustments, if any, in the Contract Price, and any other provision
of this Agreement which is affected and shall be entered into and signed by the
Parties in order for the change to be effective.

C. "Contract Documents" shall mean the Agreement, Special Terms & Conditions,
General Terms & Conditions of Sale, and Seller's Technical Proposal.

D. "Contract Price" shall be the total firm price as stated in the Agreement for
the Equipment and Services to be provided in accordance with the terms of the
Contract Documents.

E. "Day" or "Days," shall mean a calendar day or days of twenty four (24) hours
each.

F. "Delay Liquidated Damages" shall mean the Purchaser's sole remedy and
Seller's sole obligation for Seller's failure to deliver the Major Components of
the Unit by the Scheduled Major Component Delivery Date.

G. "Delivery Date" shall mean the date the last Major Component (gas turbine,
generator, accessory base, Inlet filter and PEECC) is delivered to the Delivery
Point or is shipped to storage as set forth in Article GC.7.

H. "Delivery Point" shall mean the delivery free on board carrier ("FOB") to the
nearest accessible rail siding to the Project Site for all rail shipments and
free on board carrier to the nearest accessible common carrier point at the
Project Site for all truck shipments.

I. "Equipment" or "Unit" shall mean the gas turbine generator and associated
accessories as set forth in Seller's Technical Proposal.

J. "Final Completion" shall have the meaning as set forth in Article GC.15.

K. "Major Components" shall have the meaning of the gas turbine, generator,
accessory base, Inlet filter, and PEECC.

L. "Order Definition Meeting" shall mean a project kick-off meeting between the
Seller's project execution team and Purchaser's project representatives as set
forth in Article GC.22.

M. The term "Parties" shall mean the Purchaser and Seller, collectively, and
"Party" shall mean the Purchaser or Seller, individually.



                                     Page 3


<PAGE>

N. "Performance Guarantees" shall mean the Seller's output and heat rate
guarantees for the Unit as set forth in Seller's Technical Proposal.

O. "Performance Liquidated Damages" shall mean the Purchaser's sole remedy and
Seller's sole obligation for Seller's failure to achieve the Performance
Guarantees.

P. "Purchaser" shall mean Old Dominion Electric Cooperative, a Virginia utility
aggregation cooperative, having it's primary place of business at 4201 Dominion
Boulevard, Glen Allen, Virginia, 23060.

Q. "Technical Proposal" shall mean Seller's Technical Proposal 91578AG dated May
2000.

R. "Seller" shall mean the General Electric Company, a New York corporation
acting through its Power Generation Business having a primary place of business
at One River Road, Schenectady, New York 12345.

S. "Services" shall mean the training and installation support to be furnished
by Seller under this Agreement.

T. "Site" or "Project Site" shall mean the Marsh Run Project Site or such other
site in the mainland of Virginia or Maryland as designated by the Purchaser

U. "Subcontractor(s)" or "Supplier(s)" shall mean any corporation, partnership,
or individual having a contract with Seller to supply material, equipment,
labor, goods, or services to Seller in

V. Ship Dates for the 3 units will be at notice of readiness to ship from the
factory. These dates are two (2) units no later than October 31, 2003 and one
(1) unit no later than November 30, 2003.

ARTICLE GC.2 PAYMENTS

Payments shall be made in accordance with the Payment Schedule referenced in and
incorporated into the Agreement (Schedule A). Initial payment due upon Order
Award, Net 3 days remitted via wire transfer. Remaining payment terms are net
ten (30) days from receipt of invoice, remitted via wire transfer. Wire transfer
instructions shall be provided on each invoice. Late payments shall be subject
to an interest charge equal to two percent in excess of the prime rate as
published in the Wall Street Journal, at that time.

If a change in the Unit results in a change in the Contract Price, all
installments shall be adjusted accordingly. However, if the change results in a
decrease in the Contract Price, then the payments previously made shall be
retained by Seller and applied to subsequent payments as they become due.



                                     Page 4


<PAGE>

For those payments which are tied to milestones, it is understood and agreed
that if Seller completes the milestone in advance of what is indicated on the
Payment Schedule, in no event shall the Purchaser be required to make payment
for such milestone prior to sixty (60) days from the milestone date identified
on the Payment Schedule.

ARTICLE GC.3 SECURITY

At the time of shipment of the last Major Component of the Unit, Seller will
provide a Surety Retention Bond (the "Bond"), substantially in the form attached
hereto, in the amount of 2.0% of the Contract Price against satisfaction of
Seller's duties, covenants, and obligations hereunder. After the initial
performance test, the Bond shall be reduced to amount equal to 125% of the
value of the mutually agreed upon punch list items but in no event greater than
2.0% of the Contract Price. The Surety Retention Bond will be in a form and
substance acceptable to both Parties. The Surety Retention Bond shall expire
upon completion of the mutually agreed upon punch list.

ARTICLE GC.4 TAXES

The Contract Price includes all applicable corporate and individual taxes that
are measured by net income or profit imposed by any governmental authority of
any country on Seller, its employees or Subcontractors due to the execution of
this Contract. The Contract Price also includes all taxes, import duties, and
fees required by any governmental authority of any country necessary to import
and to deliver the foreign manufactured Equipment to the Project Site.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contract Price does not include any sales,
use, excise, value added, gross receipts, consumption, franchise, property, or
similar taxes imposed by any federal, state, or local government in the United
States of America. Purchaser shall pay all such taxes.

ARTICLE GC.5 CHANGES

Purchaser shall have the right to request that Seller make changes to the Unit,
whether such Change request be for modifications, alterations or additions.
Seller shall prepare a written description of the proposed Change for the
Purchaser's review and approval. All changes under this contract shall be
subject to mutual agreement. Seller shall not be obliged to proceed with any
Change until mutual agreement has been reached.

In the event Purchaser contemplates making a Change, Purchaser shall so advise
Seller. Within ten (10) days (unless otherwise extended by mutual agreement)
following written receipt of such advice, Seller shall advise Purchaser of the
possibility of performing the requested Change, and shall submit to Purchaser a
lump sum firm price relating to the proposed Change, including:

(i) a technical description of the proposed Change in such detail as the
Purchaser may



                                     Page 5

<PAGE>

reasonably require,

(ii) a lump sum firm price adjustment (increase or decrease) in the Contract
Price, if any, caused by the proposed Change,

(iii) all potential effect(s), if any, such Change has on the project schedule,
or any other schedule or dates for performance by Seller hereunder, and

(iv) all potential effect(s), if any, such Change has on Seller's ability to
comply with any of its obligations hereunder, including Seller's warranties and
performance guarantees.

Purchaser shall then have ten (10) days from the date of receipt of such
information to either approve or disapprove, in writing, the proposed Change, or
to request additional time to consider the proposed Change. If Purchaser
approves such Change, Purchaser shall direct Seller, in writing, to perform the
Change and Purchaser and Seller shall then execute a Change Order which shall
operate as an amendment to this Contract. Upon the execution of the Change
Order, Seller shall immediately proceed to perform as set forth in the Change
Order.

For Seller initiated changes, the Seller shall submit to the Purchaser a written
description of the proposed Change and follow the same procedure as set forth
above for Purchaser initiated changes.

ARTICLE GC.6 INSPECTION AND FACTORY TESTS

Upon Purchaser's request and Seller's prior written consent, Purchaser's
representative shall be provided access to Seller's facilities to obtain
information on production progress and make inspections. Such access will be
limited to areas concerned with the Unit(s) and shall not include restricted
areas where work of a proprietary nature is being conducted. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary, the Seller shall, at its sole discretion, determine
the extent of Purchaser access to Seller's facilities and the extent of factory
testing to be conducted on the Equipment.

Subject to the conditions set forth in this Article GC.6, the Seller will make
reasonable efforts to obtain for Purchaser's access to Subcontractors'
facilities for the purposes described above.

Purchaser's inspection of the Unit or its failure to inspect does not relieve
Seller of its obligation to fulfill the requirements of this Agreement, nor is
it to be construed as acceptance by the Purchaser.

ARTICLE GC.7 TITLE TRANSFER, RISK OF LOSS, SHIPMENT TO STORAGE

Title to the Equipment or materials to be shipped from within the United States
shall pass to Purchaser when made available for shipment from the manufacturer's
factory. Title to the



                                     Page 6

<PAGE>

Equipment or materials to be shipped from a country other than the United States
shall pass to Purchaser at the port of export immediately after the Equipment or
materials have been cleared for export. Title to Services shall pass to
Purchaser as performed. Notwithstanding passage of title, Seller shall remain
responsible for risk of loss or damage to the Equipment and materials
incorporated therein until delivered to the agreed upon Delivery Point or
delivery to storage.

If any part of the Equipment cannot be shipped to Purchaser when ready due to
any cause not attributable to Seller, Seller may ship such Equipment to storage.
If such Equipment is placed in storage, including storage at the facility where
manufactured, the following conditions shall apply: (i) title and risk of loss
shall thereupon pass to Purchaser if it had not already passed; (ii) any amounts
otherwise payable to Seller upon delivery or shipment shall be payable upon
presentation of Seller's invoice(s) and certification of cause for storage;
(iii) all expenses incurred by Seller, such as for preparation for and placement
into storage, handling, inspection, preservation, insurance, storage, removal
charges and any taxes shall be payable by Purchaser upon submission of Seller's
invoice(s); (iv) the Services provided herein shall be subsequently changed to
the rate prevailing at the time of actual use and Purchaser shall pay the net
increase; and (v) when conditions permit and upon payment of all amounts due
hereunder, Seller shall resume delivery of the Equipment to the Delivery Point.

ARTICLE GC.8 EXCUSABLE DELAYS

Seller shall not have any liability or be considered to be in breach or default
of its obligations under this Contract to the extent that performance of such
obligations is delayed or prevented, directly or indirectly, due to: (i) causes
beyond its reasonable control; or (ii) acts of God, acts (or failures to act) of
governmental authorities, fires, severe weather conditions, earthquakes, strikes
or other labor disturbances, floods, war (declared or undeclared), epidemics,
civil unrest, riots, delays in transportation, or car shortages; or (iii) acts
(or omissions) of Purchaser including failure to promptly: (a) provide Seller
with information and approvals necessary to permit Seller to proceed with work
immediately and without interruption, or (b) comply with the terms of payment,
or (iv) shipment to storage under Article GC.7. Seller shall notify Purchaser of
any such delay. The date of delivery or of performance shall be extended for a
period of time necessary to overcome the effect of such excusable delay. If
Seller is delayed by acts or omissions of Purchaser, or by the prerequisite work
of Purchaser's other contractors or suppliers, Seller shall also be entitled to
an equitable price adjustment.

ARTICLE GC.9 WARRANTY

Seller warrants to Purchaser that (i) the Equipment to be delivered hereunder
shall be designed and fit for the purpose of generating electric power when
operated in accordance with Seller's specific operation instructions and, in the
absence thereof, in accordance with generally accepted



                                     Page 7

<PAGE>

operation practices of the electric power producing industry and shall be free
from defects in material, workmanship and title; and (ii) Services shall be
performed in a competent, diligent manner in accordance with any mutually agreed
specifications.

The foregoing warranties (except as to title) for the Equipment shall apply to
defects which appear during the Warranty Period which shall expire upon the
first to occur of the following: (a) 12 months from Initial Synchronization of
the applicable Unit or (b) 24 months following the Delivery Date of the
applicable Unit.

If the Equipment delivered or Services performed hereunder do not meet the above
warranties during the Warranty Period, Purchaser shall promptly notify Seller in
writing and make the Equipment available for correction. Seller shall thereupon
correct any defect by, at its option, (i) reperforming the defective Services,
(ii) repairing the defective part of the Equipment or (iii) by making available
necessary replacement parts F.O.B. factory, freight prepaid to the Site. Seller
shall provide Technical Advisory Services reasonably necessary for any such
repair of the Equipment, but Seller shall not be responsible for removal or
replacement of structures or other parts of the facility. If a defect in the
Equipment or part thereof cannot be corrected by Seller's reasonable efforts,
the Parties will negotiate an equitable adjustment in price with respect to such
Equipment or part thereof. The condition of any tests shall be mutually agreed
upon and Seller shall be notified of and may be represented at, all tests that
may be made.

Any reperformed service or repaired or replacement part furnished under this
warranty shall carry warranties on the same terms as set forth above, except
that the warranty period shall be for a period of one year from the date of such
reperformance, repair or replacement. In any event the warranty period and
Seller's responsibilities set forth herein for such repaired or replacement part
shall expire upon the first to occur of the following: (a) 24 months from
initial synchronization of the applicable Unit or (b) 36 months following the
Delivery Date of the applicable Unit.

Seller does not warrant the Equipment or any repaired or replacement parts
against normal wear and tear, including that due to environment or operation,
including excessive operation at peak capability, frequent starting, type of
fuel, detrimental air inlet conditions or erosion, corrosion or material
deposits from fluids. The warranties and remedies set forth herein are further
conditioned upon (i) the proper storage, installation, operation, and
maintenance of the Equipment and conformance with the operation instruction
manuals (including revisions thereto) provided by Seller and/or its
subcontractors, as applicable and (ii) repair or modification pursuant to
Seller's instructions or approval. Purchaser shall keep proper records of
operation and maintenance during the Warranty Period. These records shall be
kept in the form of logsheets and copies shall be submitted to Seller upon its
request.

The preceding paragraphs of this Article set forth the exclusive remedies for
all claims based on failure of or defect in the Equipment and Services provided
under this Contract, whether the failure or defect arises before or during the
Warranty Period and whether a claim, however instituted, is based on contract,
indemnity, warranty, tort (including negligence), strict liability or otherwise.
The foregoing warranties are exclusive and are in lieu of all other warranties
and


                                     Page 8

<PAGE>

guarantees whether written, oral, implied or statutory. NO IMPLIED STATUTORY
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE SHALL APPLY.

ARTICLE GC.10 PATENTS

Seller agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser from any rightful claim
of any third party that any Equipment manufactured by Seller and furnished
hereunder infringes any registered patent, copyrights, and trademarks. If
Purchaser notifies Seller promptly of the receipt of any such claim, does not
take any position adverse to Seller regarding such claim and gives Seller
information, assistance and exclusive authority to settle and defend the claim,
Seller shall, at its own expense and option, either (i) settle or defend the
claim or any suit or proceeding and pay all damages and costs awarded in it
against Purchaser, or (ii) procure for Purchaser the right to continue using the
Equipment, or (iii) modify the Equipment so that it becomes non-infringing, or
(iv) replace the Equipment with non-infringing Equipment; or (v) remove the
infringing Product and refund the price. If, in any suit arising from such a
claim, the continued use of the Equipment for the purpose intended is forbidden
by any court of competent jurisdiction, Seller shall at its option take one or
more of the actions under (ii), (iii); (iv) or (v) above. The foregoing states
the entire liability of Seller for patent infringement of any Equipment.

The above paragraph shall not apply to (i) any Equipment which is manufactured
to Purchaser's design or (ii) the use of any equipment furnished under this
Contract in conjunction with any other apparatus or material. As to any
Equipment or use described in the preceding sentence, Seller assumes no
liability whosoever for patent infringement.

ARTICLE GC.11 INSURANCE

This article GC.11 covers any of Seller liabilities anywhere related to this
contract.

The Seller and each of its Subcontractors shall furnish and maintain
Comprehensive General Liability insurance with limits of not less than
$1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury or death, and $1,000,000 per
occurrence property damage plus Contractual Liability coverage.

The Seller and each of its Subcontractors shall furnish and maintain automobile
liability insurance with limits of not less than $1,000,000 for each person,
$1,000,000 for each occurrence and $1,000,000 for property damages.

The Seller and each Subcontractor shall furnish to the Purchaser certificates
evidencing compliance with all federal and state workers compensation or similar
laws which might impose any charge or liability on the Purchaser in connection
with the Work under this Contract. Employers liability insurance with a limit of
$1,000,000 per accident and $1,000,000 in the annual aggregate.



                                     Page 9

<PAGE>


Before the Seller or its Subcontractors shall do any work under this Contract,
they shall furnish the Purchaser with the aforementioned certificates and
certificates of insurance evidencing that insurance has been provided to meet
the above requirements. Such certificates shall state that no material change or
cancellation can be effected without thirty (30) days prior written notice to
the Purchaser.

Seller shall be included on Purchaser's Builder's Risk Insurance Policy as an
additional insured, with a waiver of subrogation with respect to Seller's
on-Site activities.


ARTICLE GC.12 INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the provisions of Article GC.13, Seller agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless Purchaser from any physical damage to the property of third parties or
injury to persons, including death, to the extent resulting directly from the
negligence of Seller or its officers, servants, agents, employees, and/or
assigns while engaged in activities under this Contract. For purposes hereof,
third parties shall not include Purchaser, Operator, or their subsidiaries,
parents, affiliates, agents, successors or assigns, or any party with (a) any
equity interest in the foregoing entities or (b) a security interest of any
nature in any such entity's assets or property, which party also claims or seeks
to claim any of the rights, powers or privileges of under this Contract or
claims or seeks to claim as a third party beneficiary of Purchaser under this
Contract. Purchaser shall likewise indemnify and hold harmless Seller from any
physical damage to property of third parties or injury to persons, including
death, to the extent resulting directly from the negligence of Purchaser, its
officers, servants, agents, employees, and/or assigns, while engaged in
activities relating to this Contract. For purposes hereof, third parties shall
not include Seller, or any subcontractor, vendor or supplier, or their
subsidiaries, parents, affiliates, agents, successors or assigns, or any party
with (a) any equity interest in the foregoing entities or (b) a security
interest of any nature in any such entity's assets or property, which party also
claims or seeks to claim any of the rights, powers or privileges of under this
Contract or claims or seeks to claim as a third party beneficiary of Seller
under this Contract. In the event such damage or injury is caused by the joint
or concurrent negligence of Seller and Purchaser, the loss shall be borne by
each Party in proportion to its negligence.

ARTICLE GC.13 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

The total liability of either Party, on all claims of any kind, whether in
contract, warranty, indemnity, tort (including negligence), strict liability, or
otherwise, arising out of the performance or breach of the Contract or use of
any Equipment shall not exceed the Contract Price, except for the cost of
performing the Seller's scope of work or the Purchaser's payment obligation. All
liability under this Contract shall terminate four (4) years after the shipment
of the last Major Component of the Unit giving rise to the claim.

In no event, whether as a result of breach of contract, warranty, indemnity,
tort (including



                                     Page 10

<PAGE>

negligence), strict liability, or otherwise, shall Seller or its Subcontractors
or Suppliers be liable for loss of profit or revenues, loss of use of the
Equipment or any associated equipment, cost of capital, cost of substitute
equipment, facilities, services or replacement power, downtime costs, claims of
Purchaser's customers for such damages, or for any special, consequential,
incidental, indirect or exemplary damages and Purchaser shall indemnify Seller
against such claims of Purchaser's customers.

Purchaser covenants and agrees that in the event it seeks to transfer or assign
the Equipment and Services to any other third party that it shall, as a
condition to such transfer or assignment, cause such third party to acknowledge
and accept the restrictions and limitations afforded under this Contract for the
benefit of Seller and it's Subcontractors, including the provisions of this
Article GC.13.

If Purchaser cannot obtain for Seller from any subsequent purchasers the
protections specified in this Article GC.13, Purchaser shall indemnify, defend
and hold Seller harmless from and against any and all claims made by any
subsequent purchasers of the Equipment or Services against Seller for loss or
damage arising out of the performance or non-performance of the Equipment or
Services provided under this Contract.

If Seller furnishes Purchaser with advice or assistance concerning any products,
systems or work which is not required pursuant to the Contract Documents, the
furnishing of such advice or assistance will not subject Seller to any
liability, whether in contract, warranty, indemnity, tort (including
negligence), strict liability or otherwise.

For the purposes of this Article GC.13, the term "Seller" shall mean Seller, its
affiliates, Subcontractors and Suppliers of any tier, and their respective
agents and employees, whether individually or collectively.

The provisions of this Article GC.13 shall prevail over any conflicting or
inconsistent provisions contained in any of the documents comprising this
Contract, except to the extent that such provisions further restrict Seller's
liability.

ARTICLE GC.14 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE GC.15 FINAL COMPLETION

Final Completion shall occur once (i) Seller has successfully achieved the
Performance Guarantees or has paid all Liquidated Damages due and owing
including, as applicable, all Performance Liquidated Damages hereunder, and (ii)
completion of the mutually agreed upon punch list.



                                     Page 11

<PAGE>


ARTICLE GC.16 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

Seller guarantees the performance of the Unit as set forth in the Contract
Documents. A performance test shall be run to demonstrate that Seller's
Performance Guarantees have been achieved. This test shall be performed using
the Seller's testing protocol (GEI-41067D) and shall be conducted immediately
following the start-up period after Seller has conducted final check-out of the
Unit. If Seller's Performance Guarantees have not been achieved, Seller shall
pay Performance Liquidated Damages as indicated in the Agreement. However,
Seller will be allowed a cure period of 180 days immediately following the
initial performance test during which Performance Liquidated Damages will be
deferred, and Seller shall make all repairs, replacements, or other corrections
as required for the Unit to meet the Performance Guarantees. During the cure
period, Purchaser shall make the Unit available to Seller for such corrective
action. At the end of the cure period, if the Unit does not meet Seller's
Performance Guarantees, Seller shall then pay Purchaser the appropriate
Performance Liquidated Damages. Seller may at any time during the cure period,
at its option, pay Purchaser the appropriate Performance Liquidated Damages.

The initial performance test shall be performed by Purchaser at its cost. The
Seller shall be notified of, and shall be represented at all such tests. If a
re-test is required and to the extent Seller was the cause of such re-test, the
actual cost of the retest will be borne by the Seller. The actual cost of the
re-test shall mean (i) cost of special test personnel or special operating
personnel provided by the Purchaser, (ii) cost of special instrumentation and
equipment (including rental cost) and including required calibration of the
instrumentation, and (iii) Seller's personnel cost, but in no event whatsoever
will Seller be responsible for the cost of fuel, normal operating personnel, or
any other such other cost associated with the conducting of such re-test unless
specifically noted above.

In conducting the initial performance test or re-tests, the performance of the
Unit shall not be adjusted for degradation until such Unit has operated in
excess of one hundred (100) hours. The Seller's degradation curve shall be used
to determine the adjustment for Unit output and Unit heat rate.

The Seller shall be allowed ninety (90) days from first roll of the Unit to
complete Unit checkouts, including adjustments or corrections to make the Unit
ready for testing prior to the initial performance test.

In the event Seller is liable to Purchaser for liquidated damages in accordance
with the provisions herein for the failure to meet any performance guarantee,
the calculation of such liquidated damages shall include a credit when any
performance guarantee of any Unit is demonstrated to have been better than the
guarantee values. Seller's credit or liability shall be the net calculation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Seller is liable for Performance
Liquidated Damages on both natural gas and distillate oil fuels, the Seller
shall only be obligated to pay the Performance Liquidated Damage on the fuel
which results in the greater compensation to the



                                     Page 12

<PAGE>

Purchaser.

ARTICLE GC.17 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE:

Purchaser shall have the right to terminate this Contract for cause in the event
of the following:

(i) Seller becomes insolvent, Seller makes an assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or a receiver or trustee is appointed for the benefit of Seller's
creditors, or Seller makes a filing for protection from creditors under any
bankruptcy or insolvency laws;

(ii) Seller substantially breaches and fails to comply or perform its material
obligations hereunder (but only with respect to a material obligation for which
this Contract does not provide exclusive remedies);

Prior to termination for breach, Purchaser shall provide Seller with written
notice of the nature of such breach and Purchaser's intention to terminate for
Seller's default subject to reasonable opportunity for Seller to cure such
breach. If Seller fails: (i) to commence and diligently to pursue a cure of such
failure within ten (10) business days after receipt of such notice or within
such extended period as is considered reasonable by the Parties, or (ii) to
provide reasonable evidence that such default does not in fact exist, Purchaser
may terminate the Contract.

If Purchaser fails to fulfill any payment conditions as set forth in the
Contract, Seller shall have the right to suspend all work on the Unit after
twenty (20) days of non-payment of undisputed amounts and any cost incurred by
Seller in accordance with such suspension (including storage costs) shall be
payable by Purchaser upon submission of Seller's invoice(s). Performance of
Seller's obligations shall be extended for a period of time to overcome the
effects of such suspension. If Purchaser does not correct such failure within
sixty (60) days, Seller shall have the right to terminate this Contract for
cause in respect to the portion of the Unit which title has not passed.

If Seller terminates this Contract for Purchaser's breach as provided above,
Seller's termination charges shall be paid by Purchaser as set forth in Schedule
B of the Agreement. If Purchaser terminates this Contract for Seller's breach,
Purchaser will not pay any termination charges and Seller will promptly refund
any down payment or progress payments and Purchaser will make all shipped
equipment available for return.

ARTICLE GC.18 SELLER'S PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

At the time of furnishing confidential or proprietary information, Seller will
expressly designate by label, stamp, or other written communication that the
information or documentation furnished is confidential. Purchaser agrees (i) to
treat such information as confidential, (ii) to restrict the use of such
information to matters relating to Seller's performance of the Contract, and
(iii) to



                                     Page 13

<PAGE>

restrict access to such information to employees of Purchaser and its agents
whose access is necessary in the implementation of the Contract. Confidential
information will not be reproduced without Seller's prior written consent, and
all copies of written information will be returned to Seller upon request except
to the extent that such information is to be retained by Purchaser pursuant to
the Contract.

The foregoing restrictions do not apply to information which: (i) is contained
in a printed publication which was released to the public by Seller prior to the
date of the Contract; (ii) is, or becomes, publicly known otherwise than through
a wrongful act of Purchaser, its employees, or agents; (iii) is in possession of
Purchaser, its employees, or agents prior to receipt from Seller, provided that
the person or persons providing the same have not had access to the information
from Seller; (iv) is furnished to others by Seller without restrictions similar
to those herein on the right of the receiving party to use or disclose; (v) is
approved in writing by Seller for disclosure by Purchaser, its agents or
employees to a third party; or (vi) for the purpose of financing or project
approval, must be provided to a private financing or governmental agency,
department, commission or other governmental authority. In disclosing such
confidential or proprietary information to governmental authorities, the
Purchaser shall cooperate with the Seller in minimizing the amount of such
contract information that is furnished. The Purchaser and receiver of
information will endeavor to secure and maintain the confidentiality of
specified portions of such confidential and proprietary information.

ARTICLE GC.19 GLOBAL SOURCING

Seller reserves the right in its discretion to obtain, source, subcontract,
manufacture, fabricate and assemble the Equipment and any of its components and
systems outside the United States or from non-domestic concerns, or both; it
being understood that the quality standards and warranties of the Seller under
the Contract shall be adhered to in all cases irrespective of source and all
sourcing shall be consistent with all applicable laws and regulations.

ARTICLE GC.20 ASSIGNMENT

The Parties shall not delegate or assign any or all of their duties or rights
under this Contract without prior written consent from the other Party; such
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the terms of this
provision, the Parties may delegate or assign their duties or rights to any
Affiliate or subsidiary, provided that, with respect to Purchaser's delegate or
assignee, such delegate or assignee shall own or operate the Units for the
purposes of generating electric power for revenue to an electrical power
generation grid. Such assignment shall in no way relieve the assigning Party of
its obligations under this Contract.

ARTICLE GC.21 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, CODES AND STANDARDS

The Contract Price is based on Seller's design, manufacture and delivery of the
Equipment and



                                     Page 14

<PAGE>

performance of the Services pursuant to (i) its design criteria, manufacturing
processes and procedures and quality assurance program, (ii) those portions of
industry specifications, codes and standards in effect as of the date of
Seller's proposal to Purchaser, which Seller has deemed applicable to the
Equipment and the Services, and (iii) the United States Federal, State and local
laws and rules in effect on the date of Seller's proposal to Purchaser.

The Contract Price will be equitably adjusted to reflect additional costs
incurred by Seller resulting from (i) a change in standards and regulations
described in items (ii) or (iii) above after the date of Seller's proposal to
Purchaser which affect the Equipment and Services and (ii) changes required to
comply with regulatory or industrial requirements in the location where the
Equipment will be installed and the Services performed. Purchaser shall advise
Seller of requirements affecting the Equipment or Services performed by Seller
resulting from the applicability of any laws, rules or regulations in the
location where the Equipment will be installed and the Services performed.
Reasonable adjustments will be made to the project schedule as may be
appropriate to comply with the foregoing. If Seller determines that a change is
not possible, Seller will so notify Purchaser and Purchaser may terminate this
Contract in accordance with the Schedule B of the Agreement or direct completion
without change and assume responsibility for obtaining any necessary waivers.

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs, no modification in price will be made
as a result of any general change in the manufacturing facilities of Seller
resulting from the imposition of any requirements by any Federal, State or local
governmental entity.

ARTICLE GC.22 ORDER DEFINTION MEETING

The Order Definition Meeting ("ODM") shall mean a project kick-off meeting
between the Seller's project execution team and Purchaser's project
representatives.

Seller shall have no obligation to proceed with any activities related to the
design, engineering (including drawings), or manufacture of the Equipment until
the ODM. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall assist Purchaser in its
endeavors relating to the air permitting of the Project and cooperate by
providing information and support during any hearings in the process of
obtaining the permits. In undertaking such assistance, Seller shall not be
obligated to incur out-of-pocket costs and expenses without reimbursement from
Purchaser.

Subject to Seller receiving the Project Specific Definition as set forth below,
the ODM shall be conducted by no later than twelve months prior to the ship date
of the first Unit.

It is understood and agreed to by the Parties that Purchaser shall provide, in
writing by no later than July 1, 2002) the following information (collectively,
the "Project Specific Definition"): (i) configuration changes if any to the base
configuration (i.e., acceptance or rejection of any and all Equipment options),
(ii) fuel analysis (oil analysis and gas analysis through C14), (iii)
environmental requirements (i.e., air and noise emissions), (iv) state, local
and other regulatory



                                     Page 15

<PAGE>

or code requirements (including seismic and wind loading design requirements)and
the exact location of the Site within mainland Virginia or Maryland. In the
event Seller does not receive the Project Specific Definition by the time frame
stated above, the Seller shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the ODM
date and shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment Purchase Order Price or an
extension in the Equipment delivery schedule, or both.

ARTICLE GC.23 SUSPENSION

It is expressly understood by the Parties that the Purchaser shall have no right
of suspension under this Agreement.

ARTICLE GC.24 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Any controversy, dispute or difference between the Parties to this Contract, if
not amicably settled by the Parties with thirty (30) days following notice of
dispute, shall be referred to senior management of the Parties for resolution.
In the event the dispute has not been resolved within forty five (45) days
following referral to senior management, or such longer period as the Parties
may mutually agree, then either Party may then pursue their legal remedies.

ARTICLE GC.25 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Except as provided in the Article entitled "Limitation of Liability", these
provisions are for the benefit of the Parties hereto and not for any other third
party. Waiver by either Party of any right under this Agreement shall not be
deemed a waiver by such Party of any other right hereunder.

This Contract represents the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes
in its entirety all prior agreements concerning the subject matter hereof, and
no modification, amendment, revision, waiver, or other change shall be binding
on either Party unless consented to in writing by the Party's authorized
representative. Any oral or written representation, warranty, course of dealing,
or trade usage not contained or referenced herein shall not be binding on either
Party. Each Party agrees that it has not relied on, or been induced by, any
representations of the other Party not contained in this Contract.

The invalidity in whole or in part of any part of this Contract shall not affect
the validity of the remainder of the Contract.

The following Articles shall survive termination of this Contract: Article
(Taxes); Articles (Compliance With Laws, Codes, & Standards); Article
(Warranty), Article (Patents), Article (Limitation of Liability), Article
(Seller's Proprietary Information), Article (Indemnification) and Article
(Miscellaneous Clauses).


                                     Page 16

<PAGE>
g
_______________________________________________________________GE Power Systems

                 GE Power Systems
                 Equipment and Services Proposal

                 for

                 Four PG7241(FA) 60 Hertz
                 Combustion Gas Turbines

                 to

                 Old Dominion Electric Cooperative
                 Remington Project



                                                           Proposal No: 91578AG
                                                               Dated: May, 2000



 GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION appears on all pages in the Data Sheet, Performance
   Specification, Equipment Scope of Supply, and Commercial Sections of this
                                   proposal.

<PAGE>



                               Table Of Contents
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposal Summary

                Introduction ...............................................1
                General Plant Description ..................................2
                Performance Data ...........................................3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Performance and Operation
                Performance Curves .........................................4
                Plant Operating Philosophy .................................5
                Test Philosophy ............................................6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description of Equipment
                GE Scope of Supply .........................................7
                Turbine-Generator ..........................................8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Design Basis
                Customer Scope of Supply ...................................9
                Codes and Standards .......................................10
                Data Sheets ...............................................11
                Technical Comments ........................................12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Services
                Customer Drawings and Documentation .......................13
                Technical Advisory Services ...............................14
                Training ..................................................15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drawings and Diagrams
                Mechanical Outline ........................................16
                Electrical One-Line Diagram ...............................17







                                      Table of Contents                  Page ii
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendices

                    Experience List .........................................18
                    Quality .................................................19
                    Reference Documents .....................................20
                    Spare Parts Recommendation ..............................21








                                      Table of Contents                 Page iii
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
g
____________________________________________________GE Power Systems

                                1.   Introduction

                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                   1.1  Why Choose GE?

                               When you select a GE heavy duty gas turbine you
                               also gain the resources of the world's largest
                               gas turbine manufacturer. From corporate
                               resources, to manufacturing, to plant service, GE
                               resources are unsurpassed.

                               GE uses a design philosophy based on proven
                               technology and reduced unit maintenance, is the
                               leader in reliability and availability, has
                               packaged designs for fast installation and low
                               cost, can meet demanding low emissions
                               requirements, and has unmatched operational
                               experience. These are the reasons to select GE.

                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                   1.2  Corporate Resources

                               GE is the only company in the world that designs
                               and manufactures heavy duty gas turbines,
                               aircraft engines, and steam turbines. Drawing on
                               the technology and experience of these related
                               products, along with development programs at the
                               GE Corporate Research and Development Center,
                               GE's heavy duty gas turbines have achieved an
                               operating record that is unmatched by the
                               competition.

                               Developments at GE Aircraft Engines and Corporate
                               Research & Development have provided a basis for
                               enhancements to "F" technology gas turbines in
                               advanced cooling techniques, improved sealing
                               methods, patented high-strength alloys, and
                               superior high-temperature coatings.
                               State-of-the-art technology is also utilized in
                               the 18-stage axial flow compressor, the Dry Low
                               NOx combustion system, the turbine nozzles and
                               buckets, and the modular off-base accessory
                               arrangement.

                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                   1.3 Manufacturing

                               GE's heavy duty gas turbine manufacturing
                               operation employs industry-leading techniques at
                               the world's largest gas turbine factory, located
                               in Greenville, SC, USA. The 1 million square feet
                               (92,000 square meters) Greenville facility, along
                               with GE business associate plant resources
                               totaling 6.5 million square feet (600,000 square
                               meters), provide GE with manufacturing capacity
                               unequaled in the industry.


                                      Introduction                      Page 1.1
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.4 Service and Plant Support

                               GE provides full-time support of the largest
                               localized service network in the world, through
                               192 service support centers located around the
                               globe. GE service is full scope, extending from
                               unit order through unit retirement. GE field
                               engineers are available to assist with
                               installation and start-up and also with planned
                               and emergency maintenance, with capabilities to
                               perform diagnostics, performance assessments,
                               craft labor coordination, repairs, overhauls, and
                               upgrades.

                               Backing up these field service engineers is a
                               worldwide network of GE service centers as shown
                               on the following map. In addition to 19 service
                               centers in the United States, GE also provides
                               expert repair service through centers in Puerto
                               Rico, Venezuela, England, Saudi Arabia, and
                               Singapore. Whether for routine maintenance or
                               emergency repairs, spare parts are available from
                               warehouses and manufacturing centers all over the
                               world.



                    GE Gas Turbine Repair Centers World Wide


[GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]




                                      Introduction                      Page 1.2
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.5 Design Philosophy - Using Proven Technology

                               The reliability of the GE heavy duty gas turbines
                               results from a design philosophy centered on the
                               principle of geometric scaling. Under this
                               principle, the geometric similarity of components
                               is maintained while units are scaled up or down
                               in operating speed and output. Because of this,
                               operating factors such as temperatures,
                               pressures, blade angles and stresses are kept
                               constant, while critical cycle parameters of
                               pressure ratios and efficiency are maintained. In
                               this way, all new machines build on the proven
                               reliability and performance of their
                               predecessors.

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.6 Reliability and Availability

                               GE heavy duty gas turbines lead the industry in
                               reliability and availability statistics. In fact,
                               reliability and availability of GE "F" class
                               machines rate higher than any other gas turbine
                               design producing more than 50 MW. One key factor
                               in the unmatched reliability of GE's gas turbines
                               is the redundancy built into GE's
                               state-of-the-art gas turbine control system.
                               Because this microprocessor-based turbine control
                               system employs a distributed processor and a
                               redundant architecture, its overall performance
                               is unmatched in the industry. The control system
                               uses independent digital controllers to achieve
                               the reliability of triple redundancy for the
                               turbine control and protective functions.

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.7 Prepackaged for Rapid Installation

                               The MS7001(FA) is prepackaged in a modularized
                               design to assure fast installation with minimum
                               installation cost. Modules are skid-mounted
                               adjacent to the turbine to minimize
                               interconnection complexities. These modules
                               include:

                               o  Accessory module - houses equipment for lube
                                  oil, hydraulic oil, gas fuel, and generator
                                  seal oil systems

                               o  Liquid fuel/atomizing air module - houses
                                  equipment for delivering liquid fuel to the
                                  turbine

                               o  Packaged electrical and electronic control
                                  center (PEECC) - houses electrical protection
                                  and controls consisting of low voltage motor
                                  control centers, turbine and generator control
                                  panels, and the emergency DC battery system



                                      Introduction                      Page 1.3
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>



                               The MS7001(FA) features the advanced, packaged
                               design 7FH2 hydrogen-cooled generator designed
                               for compactness and ease of service and
                               maintenance. Factory assembly allows delivery of
                               the generator with the rotor already installed,
                               along with lube oil piping and wiring routed in
                               conduit. This packaged turbine-generator set can
                               reduce installation time and
                               cost by up to 40%.

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.8 Reduced Maintenance Costs

                               A critical goal in designing GE "F" technology
                               gas turbines is reduced maintenance costs. The
                               result is that competitive units require two to
                               four times as many inspections as the GE "F"
                               class machines. This means a GE machine will save
                               millions of dollars over its service life.

                               When assessing improvements to gas turbine
                               equipment, GE maintains a strict adherence to key
                               design parameters affecting maintenance. The
                               advantage of analysis and feedback from the
                               largest fleet of gas turbines enables GE to
                               develop design improvements and better
                               maintenance procedures.

                               To keep customers informed of such new
                               technology, GE conducts Gas Turbine User and
                               Maintenance Seminars and issues technical
                               publications to GE customers. The operating data
                               from the vast fleet of gas turbines in service,
                               coupled with an evolutionary design philosophy,
                               enable GE to keep customers abreast of the latest
                               advances and know-how in servicing and supporting
                               their units.

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.9 Emissions

                               GE's gas turbine technology has been developed to
                               meet the ever lower emissions levels required in
                               today's applications. Can-annular combustors with
                               film and impingement cooling meet the
                               environmental requirements for applications
                               throughout the world and provide reliable
                               operation at high firing temperatures. GE is the
                               world's most experienced supplier of Dry Low NOx,
                               diluent injected, and SCR (selective catalytic
                               reduction) systems that meet today's demanding
                               emissions requirements.

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.10 Experience

                               GE is the world's leading supplier of gas
                               turbines with four times the installed base of
                               its nearest competitor. GE's heavy duty gas
                               turbines are in service in countries all over the
                               world in diverse climates and operating
                               conditions.


                                      Introduction                      Page 1.4
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                               With this kind of record, GE is able to
                               continuously build in technology improvements,
                               maintenance advancements, and cost reduction
                               strategies for the life of each new plant.

                               The MS7001(FA) builds on a tradition of
                               technological leadership that has made GE gas
                               turbines the standard by which all others have
                               been measured for over four decades. Today, GE's
                               gas turbine product line is the most efficient,
                               most reliable, and most proven in the market.



                                      Introduction                      Page 1.5
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

g
_______________________________________GE Power Systems


                          2. General Plant Description

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  2.1 Equipment Overview

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       2.1.1    Gas Turbine
<S>                                                                 <C>
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Feature                            Specification
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Primary Fuel                          Natural Gas
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Backup Fuel                           Distillate Fuel Oil
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Starting Means                        Static Start
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Air Filtration                        Self-Cleaning
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Compressor/Turbine Cleaning           On and Off-line Compressor Water
                                                                      Wash
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Exhaust System                        Aft and Up Exhaust
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Emissions Control                     Gas - Dry Low NOx
                                                                      Liquid - Water Injection
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                      2.1.2     Generator

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Feature                                     Specification
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Model                                          7FH2 Packaged
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Cooling                                        Hydrogen
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Frequency                                      60 Hz
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Power Factor (pf)                              0.85 Lagging
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Power Factor (pf)                              Capability to 1.00 Leading
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Terminal Voltage                               18.0 kV
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Generator Excitation                           EX2000P - Static Bus Fed
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                On-Base Lagging                                Accessory Base
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Off-Base Acoustic Enclosure                    Turbine Compartment
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Acoustic Barrier Wall                          Exhaust Diffuser
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Cooling System                                 Closed H2O to Air
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            General Plant Description         Page 2.1
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>



                  2.1.3      Control Systems
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                  <C>
                                Feature                 Specification
                             --------------------------------------------------------
                             Turbine-Generator          SPEEDTRONIC(TM)Mark VI (TMR)

</TABLE>













----------
(TM)A trademark of the General Electric Company

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            General Plant Description         Page 2.2
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  g

__________________________________________GE Power Systems

                               3. Performance Data

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  3.1 Guarantees

                               Final gas turbine and generator performance will
                               be developed after the site ambient conditions
                               and fuel analysis have been confirmed. The
                               following performance is based on ISO operating
                               conditions.

                  3.1.1 Guaranteed Performance on Natural Gas Fuel
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                    <C>                          <C>
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Measurement                           Value
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Output (base) -evaporative cooler on                174,100 kW
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Heat rate (base) -evaporative cooler on             9,330 Btu/kWh
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  3.1.2 Guaranteed Performance on Distillate Fuel

                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Measurement                           Value
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Output (base) -evaporative cooler on                185,600 kW
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Heat rate (base) -evaporative cooler on             9,935 Btu/kWh
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  3.1.2.1 Design Basis

                                               Measurement                          Value
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Elevation                                          0 ft
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Ambient temperature                                59(degree)F
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Relative humidity                                  60 %
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Inlet system pressure drop                         4.0 in. H2O
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Exhaust system pressure                            5.5 in. H2O
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Natural gas fuel heating value (LHV)               21,515 Btu/lb@80(degree)F
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Distillate fuel heating value (LHV)                18,300 Btu/lb@80(degree)F
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Diluent injection flow (water)                     120,570
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Combustion system type                             DLN
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                              The following also apply to the performance
                              guarantees:

                               o   Performance is measured at the generator
                                   terminals and includes allowances for
                                   excitation power and the shaft-driven
                                   equipment normally supplied.



GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            Performance Data                  Page 3.1
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                          o   Guarantees are based on new and clean condition of
                              the gas turbine. If more than 100 fired hours have
                              elapsed before a performance test is to be
                              conducted, a GE representative shall have the
                              right to inspect the unit to assure that the power
                              plant is in new and clean condition.

                          o   Guarantees are based on a site test conducted as
                              described in the Reference Documents chapter and
                              per the Terms and Conditions of this offer.

                          o   Guarantees are based on the calculated amount of
                              diluent injection shown on the above Design Basis
                              table. The actual amount of diluent injection as
                              determined during the field compliance test may be
                              different, which will have an effect on the output
                              and heat rate.

                          o   Performance curves for both the turbine and
                              generator are included in the Performance Curves
                              section of this proposal. From these curves it is
                              possible to determine estimated performance at
                              ambient temperatures, percent loads, and
                              barometric conditions differing from those listed
                              in the above design basis table. These curves are
                              used during the site performance test to correct
                              performance readings back to the site conditions
                              at which the performance guarantee was provided.

                  3.1.3   Emissions Guarantees
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Measurement                   Natural Gas               Distillate Oil
                                                     (value/load range)        (value/load range)
                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                         <C>                      <C>
                          NOx @ 15% O2 (ppmvd)               9                        42
                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                          Notes:

                          For NOx emission compliance, refer to Standard Field
                          Testing Procedure in the Reference Documents chapter
                          of this proposal.

                          NOx emissions for distillate fuel is based on a
                          maximum fuel bound nitrogen content of 0.015% by
                          weight.

                  3.1.4   Acoustics Guarantees

                  3.1.4.1 Near Field Noise Values

                          The near field sound pressure level (SPL) contribution
                          from the GE supplied equipment is guaranteed not to
                          exceed 85 dBA (ref. 20 micropascals) when measured 3
                          feet (1 meter) in the horizontal plane and at an
                          elevation of 5 feet (1.5 meters) above machine base
                          line or personnel platforms with the equipment
                          operating at base load in accordance with contract
                          specifications.



GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            Performance Data                  Page 3.2
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


     3.1.4.1.1       Basis of Guarantee

                     The following also apply to the above guarantee:

                     o   Testing methodology shall be based on the latest
                         version of ANSI/ASME PTC 36. The final result shall be
                         the arithmetic average of the SPL's measured around the
                         equipment after background and other corrections have
                         been applied. The equipment shall be in compliance if
                         the final result does not exceed the noise limit(s)
                         specified above.

                     o   Equipment shall be operated in a new and clean
                         condition as intended by the designers when
                         measurements are taken. All access compartments, doors,
                         panels and other temporary openings shall be fully
                         closed; all silencing hardware shall be fully
                         installed; all systems designed to be airtight shall be
                         sealed.

                     o   If the above guaranteed SPL exceeds the measured
                         background noise by 10 dBA, no correction shall be
                         necessary. Otherwise, corrections to the measured SPL
                         shall be made per ANSI/ASME PTC 36 procedures.
                         Background noise is defined as the noise measured with
                         all GE supplied equipment off and all other plant
                         equipment on.

                     o   Intermittent noises such as steam safety blow off
                         valves and filter pulse noise are not included in the
                         above guarantee.

                     o   Measurements shall be taken 3 feet (1 meter) away from
                         the outermost surfaces of equipment, including piping,
                         conduit, framework, barriers and personnel protection
                         devices if provided.

                     o   Measurements shall not be taken in any location where
                         there is an airflow velocity greater than 5 feet per
                         second (1.5 meters per second), including nearby air
                         intakes or exhausts.

                     o   Free field conditions must be prevalent at measurement
                         locations. Testing and for and corrections to a free
                         field shall be per ANSI/ASME PTC 36.

                     o   Testing shall be done according to a test plan agreed
                         to by both the customer and GE. Such a plan shall be
                         submitted to both the customer and GE at least 30 days
                         prior to noise compliance testing. The test results
                         shall be submitted in the form of a test report that
                         shall be made available to both the customer and GE.

                     Measurement responsibility shall be stated in the contract.
                     If the customer has responsibility for the compliance
                     measurements, GE reserves the right to audit or parallel
                     these measurements.



GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            Performance Data                  Page 3.3
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


         3.1.4.2     Far Field Noise Values

                     There is no far field sound pressure level guarantee.

         3.1.4.2.1   Basis of Guarantee

                     The following also apply to the above guarantee:

                     o   Testing methodology shall be based on the latest
                         version of ANSI B133.8. The final result shall be the
                         arithmetic average of the SPL's at the 8 measurement
                         locations after background and other corrections have
                         been applied. The equipment shall be in compliance if
                         the final result does not exceed the noise limit(s)
                         specified above.

                     o   Equipment shall be operated in a new and clean
                         condition as intended by the designers when
                         measurements are taken. All access compartments, doors,
                         panels and other temporary openings shall be fully
                         closed; all silencing hardware shall be fully
                         installed; all systems designed to be airtight shall be
                         sealed.

                     o   If the above guaranteed SPL exceeds the measured
                         background noise by 10 dBA, no correction shall be
                         necessary. Otherwise, corrections to the measured SPL
                         shall be made per ANSI B133.8 procedures. Background
                         noise is defined as the noise measured with all GE
                         supplied equipment off and all other plant equipment
                         on.

                     o   Intermittent noises such as steam safety blow off
                         valves and filter pulse noise are not included in the
                         above guarantee.

                     o   Measurements shall be taken 5 feet +/- 2.5 feet (1.5
                         meters +/- .75 meters) above the ground. Such
                         measurement locations shall be on a flat elevation no
                         more than 16 feet (5 meters) above or below the plant
                         base elevation.

                     o   Measurements shall not be taken in any location where
                         there is an airflow velocity greater than 5 feet per
                         second (1.5 meters per second), including nearby air
                         intakes or exhausts.

                     o   Measurement locations shall be chosen such that free
                         field conditions exist at those locations. Measurement
                         locations shall not be closer than 12 feet (3.5 meters)
                         to any nearby reflecting surfaces.

                     o   Testing shall be done according to a test plan agreed
                         to by both the customer and GE. Such a plan shall be
                         submitted to both the customer and GE at least 30 days
                         prior to noise compliance testing. The test results
                         shall



GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            Performance Data                  Page 3.4
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                         be submitted in the form of a test report that
                         shall be made available to both the customer and GE.

                    Measurement responsibility shall be stated in the contract.
                    If the customer has responsibility for the compliance
                    measurements, GE reserves the right to audit or parallel
                    these measurements.





GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            Performance Data                  Page 3.5
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.2 Estimated Performance
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                  <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>
Load Condition                                        BASE       BASE        BASE      BASE
Ambient Temp.                    Deg F.               59.        59.         59.       59.
Evap. Cooler Status                                   On         On          Off       Off
Evap. Cooler Effectiveness       %                    85         85          n/a       n/a
Fuel Type                                             Dist.      Methane     Dist.     Methane
Fuel LHV                         Btu/lb               18,300     21,515      18,300    21,515
Fuel Temperature                 Deg F                80         80          80        80
Liquid Fuel H/C Ratio                                 1.8        n/a         1.8       n/a
Output                           kW                   185,600.   174,100.    183,200.  171,100.
Heat Rate           (LHV)        Btu/kWh              9,935.     9,330.      9,975.    9,370.
Heat Cons. (LHV) X 10(6)         Btu/h                1,843.9    1,624.4     1,827.4   1,603.2
Exhaust Flow        X 10(3)      lb/h                 3722.      3576.       3681.     3534.
Exhaust Temp.                    Deg F.               1088.      1112.       1095.     1119.
Exhaust Heat (LHV) X 10(6)       Btu/h                1020.1     971.1       1010.9    960.9
Water Flow                       lb/h                 120,570.   0.          121,710.  0.
EMISSIONS
---------
NOx                              ppmvd @ 15% O2       42.        9.          42.       9.
NOx AS NO2                       lb/h                 325.       60.         322.      59.
CO                               ppmvd                20.        9.          20.       9.
CO                               lb/h                 65.        29.         65.       29.
UHC                              ppmvw                7.         7.          7.        7.
UHC                              lb/h                 15.        14.         15.       14.
VOC                              ppmvw                3.5        1.4         3.5       1.4
VOC                              lb/h                 7.5        2.8         7.5       2.8
Particulates (TSP)               lb/h                 17.0       9.0         17.0      9.0
EXHAUST ANALYSIS                 % VOL.
----------------
Argon                                                 0.86       0.89        0.85      0.90
Nitrogen                                              71.21      74.18       71.28     74.36
Oxygen                                                10.99      12.27       11.00     12.32
Carbon Dioxide                                        5.62       3.84        5.63      3.84
Water                                                 11.33      8.82        11.24     8.59
SITE CONDITIONS
---------------
Elevation                        ft.                  0.0
Site Pressure                    psia                 14.7
Inlet Loss                       in Water             4.0
Exhaust Loss                     in Water             5.5
Relative Humidity                %                    60
Application                                           7FH2 Hydrogen-Cooled Generator
Combustion System                                     9/42 DLN Combustor
</TABLE>

Emission information based on GE recommended measurement methods. NOx emissions
are corrected to 15% O2 without heat rate correction and are not corrected to
ISO reference condition per 40CFR 60.335(c)(1). NOx levels shown will be
controlled by algorithms within the SPEEDTRONIC control system.

IPS- 91578     version code-    2 . 0 . 1 Opt: N   72411298
KOZAKAN        4/27/00 16:08    olddec59ngdoblec.dat



 GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                 Performance Data           Page 3.6
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Proposal  91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.3 Generator Performance Specifications

    3.3.1   Performance Rating Conditions

                      Measurement                               Value

            Elevation                                     0 ft
            Stator insulation                             Class F
            Rotor insulation                              Class F
            Hydrogen gas temperature                      40(degree)C
            Hydrogen pressure                             30 psig
            Required cooling water flow                   1600 gal/min
            Required temperature of inlet cooling water   95(degree)C maximum
            Coolant type                                  67% water, 33% Glycol
            Fouling factor                                0.0005
            Rating and dielectric test standards          ANSI

    3.3.2   Performance Rating, Synchronous Generator

                       Note                                             Design
            Following values based on generator design number           F317P19

                    Measurement                                           Base
            kVA                                                        234,000
            Power Factor                                               0.85
            kW                                                         198,900
            Number of poles                                            2
            Number of phases                                           3
            Frequency (Hz)                                             60
            Voltage                                                    18.0 kV
            Amperes                                                    7,506
            Connection                                                 WYE
            Short Circuit Ratio                                        0.49

                      Temperature Rating                             Value
            (total temperature at base load, with temp stabilized)
            Armature coils (by temperature detector)               100(degree)C

 GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                  Performance Data           Page 3.7
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Proposal  91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb


<PAGE>



              Collector (by thermometer)                           125(degree)C
              Field coils (by resistance)                          110(degree)C

                           Dielectric Tests                             Value
                (between coils and frame, ac voltage for 1 minute)
              Armature                                                37,000 V
              Field                                                    3,500 V

                      Excitation (maximum required)                     Value
              kW                                                         574
              Voltage                                                    350

                  Calculated Generator Reactances (base load)           Value
              Xdi                                                       2.140
              X'di                                                      0.322
              X'dv                                                      0.238
              X "dv                                                     0.166
              X2v                                                       0.159
              X0i                                                       0.140


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                  Performance Data           Page 3.8
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Proposal  91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            g
------------------------------- GE Power Systems

            4. Performance Curves

4.1 Turbine and Generator Performance Curves

    4.1.1 Turbine Performance Curves

                    Curve                                 Number        Date
          Estimated Single Unit Performance, Base        522HA851      4/17/98
          Compressor Inlet Temperature Corrections, Base 522HA852      4/17/98
          Modulated Inlet Guide Vanes Effect             522HA853      4/17/98
          Altitude Correction for Turbine                416HA662B     6/30/99
          Humidity Effects Curve                         498HA697B     10/10/89


    4.1.2  Hydrogen Cooled Generator Performance Curves

                    Curve                                              Number
          Estimated Saturation and Synchronous Impedance Curve       F317P19-1
          Estimated Generator Reactive Capability Curve              F317P19-2
          Estimated Excitation V Curve                               F317P19-3
          Generator Output as a Function of Cold Gas Temperature     F317P19-7A
          Generator Output as a Function of Cold Liquid Temperature  F317P19-7B


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                  Performance Curves         Page 4.1
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Proposal  91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                 General Electric Model PG7241(FA) Gas Turbine
              Estimated Performance - Configuration: DLN Combustor

   Compressor Inlet Conditions 59 F (15 C), 60% Relative Humidity Atmospheric
                         Pressure 14.7 psia (1.013 bar)

Fuel:                                                  Natural Gas
Design Output            kW                              171700
Design Heat Rate (LHV)   Btu/kWh (kJ/kWh)                 9360  (9870)
Design Heat Cons (LHV)   Btu/h   (kJ/h)x10(circumflex)1  1607.1 (1695.2)
Design Exhaust Flow      lb/h    (kg/h)x10(circumflex)3  3542.0 (1607)
Exhaust Temperature      deg. F  (deg. C)                 1116  (602.2)
Load                                                      Base

Notes:
1. Altitude correction on curve 416HA662 Rev A.
2. Ambient temperature correction on curve 522HA852 Rev A.
3. Effect of modulating IGV's on exhaust temperature and flow on curve 522HA853
   Rev A.
4. Humidity effects on curve 498HA697 Rev. B - all performance calculated with
   a constant specific humidtiy of .0064 or less as not to exceed 100% relative
   humidity.
5. Plant Performance is measured at the generator terminals and includes
   allowances for the effects of inlet bleed heating, exitation power, shaft
   driven auxiliaries, and 3.04 in H2O (6.33 mbar) inlet and 5.5 in H2O
   (13.70 mbar) exhaust pressure drops and a DLN Combustor.
6. Additional inlet and exhaust pressure loss effects:

                                   % Effect on           Effect on
                                   Output   Heat Rate   Exhaust Temp.
4 in Water (10.0 mbar)inlet          -1.54     0.56       3.0F (1.7C)
4 in Water (10.0 mbar)exhaust        -0.56     0.56       3.0F (1.7C)

[GRAPH APPEARS HERE]


Heat Consumption - Percent Design
Generator Output - Percent Design

                                                              Curve no. 522HA851
4/17/98                                                       Rev - A

<PAGE>


                 GENERAL ELECTRIC MODEL PG7241(FA) GAS TURBINE

                    Effect of Compressor Inlet Temperature on
                Output, Heat Rate, Heat Consumption, Exhaust Flow
                      And Exhaust Temperature at Baseload

    Fuel: Natural Gas
    Design Values on Curve 522HA851 Rev A
    DLN Combustor

[GRAPH APPEARS HERE]


    Fuel: Natural Gas
    Design Values on Curve 522HA852 Rev A
    DNL Combustor

[GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

4/17/98

<PAGE>


                 GENERAL ELECTRIC MODEL PG7241(FA) GAS TURBINE

           Effect of Inlet Guide Vane on Exhaust Flow and Temperature
            As a Function of Output and Compressor Inlet Temperature



  Fuel: Natural Gas
  Design Values on Curve 522HA851 Rev A
  DLN Combustor


                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]



  Fuel: Natural Gas
  Design Values on Curve 522HA853 Rev A
  DNL Combustor

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

4/17/98

<PAGE>

                          GENERAL ELECTRIC GAS TURBINE
                            ALTITUDE CORRECTION CURVE

                        ALTITUDE VS ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
                                       AND
                          ALTITUDE VS CORRECTION FACTOR
           FOR GASTURBINE OUTPUT, FUEL CONSUMPTION, AND EXHAUST FLOW




   NOTES:
   1. Exhaust Temperature, Heat Rate, and Thermal Efficiency are not
      affected by altitude.
   2. Correction Factor = P(atm)/14.7

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]




                                                         Curve no. 416HA662
6/30/99                                                             Rev - B

<PAGE>

            General Electric MS6001, MS7001 And MS9001 Gas Turbines

                      Corrections To Output and Heat Rate
                    For Non-Iso Specific Humidity Conditions

                     For Operation At Base Load on Exhaust
                           Temperature Control Curve

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]



10/10/89                                                  Curve no. 498HA697
                                                                       REV B

<PAGE>
             ESTIMATED SATURATION AND SYNCHRONOUS IMPEDANCE CURVES
                 234000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 18000 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
                   350 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD GAS - 30 PSIG H2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]



                                                            CURVE NO.  F317P19-1
                                                                 DATE  15-FEB-00



<PAGE>
ESTIMATED REACTIVE CAPABILITY CURVES
234000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 18000 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
350 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD GAS - 30 PSIG H2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]



                                                             CURVE NO. F317P19-2
                                                                 DATE  15-FEB-00

<PAGE>

                         ESTIMATED EXCITATION V CURVES
                  234000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 18000 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
                   350 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD GAS - 30 PSIG H2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]



                                                             CURVE NO. F317P19-3
                                                                 DATE  15-FEB-00

<PAGE>

             GENERATOR OUTPUT AS A FUNCTION OF COLD GAS TEMPERATURE
                  234000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 18000 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
                   350 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD GAS - 30 PSIG H2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]


                                                           CURVE NO.  F317P19-7A
                                                                 DATE  15-FEB-00

<PAGE>
            GENERATOR OUTPUT AS A FUNCTION OF COLD LIQUID TEMPERATURE
                 234000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 18000 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
                   350 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD GAS - 30 PSIG H2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]


                                                           CURVE NO.  F317P19-7B
                                                                 DATE  15-FEB-00

<PAGE>

    g
-------------------------- GE Power Systems

    5.  Plant Operating Philosophy

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    5.1 Introduction

                    This section describes the startup, on-line operation and
                    shutdown of a simple-cycle power plant.

                    The following paragraphs briefly describe the general
                    operating philosophy and operator's responsibilities for
                    simple-cycle operation. The description is of a general
                    nature. Specifics may vary pending detail design definition.

        5.1.1       Simple-Cycle Mode of Operation

                    The gas turbine power plant can be started from the control
                    panel of the gas turbine control system. Plant permissive
                    circuits must be satisfied that the unit is capable of
                    coming to full speed and synchronizing to the system.
                    Systems must be placed in the ready to start mode:

                    o MCC breakers set in automatic mode
                    o Cooling water module local disconnect switches closed
                    o Fuel systems made ready
                    o Gas turbine/generator permissive to start systems ready

        5.1.2       Starting and Loading

                    All starting is done automatically, with the operator given
                    the opportunity to hold the startup sequence at either the
                    crank (pre-ignition) or fire (post-ignition, pre-accelerate)
                    points of the startup. An "Auto" mode selection results in a
                    start without any holds. Either before issuing a start
                    command, or during the start, the operator may make the
                    following selections.

                    o  Select or disable the automatic synchronization
                       capability of the gas turbine control system. Auto
                       synch utilizes the proven microsynchronizer first
                       introduced in the SPEEDTRONIC(TM) Mark II generation.
                       The microsynchronizer provides extremely accurate and
                       repeatable breaker


 (TM) (TM) A trademark of the General Electric Company

                                         Plant Operating Philosophy     Page 5.1
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Proposal  91578AG (05/00)     Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>



                         closures based on phase angle, slip, the slip's rate of
                         change and the response time of the breaker which is
                         stored in the system memory.

                     o   Selection of Preselected (Intermediate) Load or Base
                         Load. If a selection is made, the unit will
                         automatically load to the selected point and control
                         there. If no selection is made, the unit will load to
                         a low load referred to as "Spinning Reserve" after
                         synchronization. The turbine governor is automatically
                         regulated to maintain the megawatt setting assigned to
                         "Spinning Reserve".

              5.1.3  Operating

                     Once the unit is on line, it may be controlled either
                     manually or automatically from the gas turbine control
                     system operator interface.

                     Manual control is provided by the governor raise/lower
                     control displayed on the operator interface screen.
                     Automatic operation is switched on when the operator
                     selects load points (preselect or base) from the turbine
                     control interface.

                     For a fully automatic start with automatic loading to base
                     load, the operator selects the "Auto" operating mode,
                     enables auto synchronization and selects "Base" load. Given
                     a "Start" signal, the unit will then start, synchronize and
                     load to Base load with no further input on the part of the
                     operator.

             5.1.4   Shutdown

                     On shutdown, the system will automatically unload, coast
                     down and initiate slow speed rotation until proper
                     wheelspace cooldown temperatures are reached.



                                         Plant Operating Philosophy     Page 5.2
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Proposal  91578AG (05/00)     Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               g
-----------------------------GE Power Systems

               6.      Test Philosophy

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    6.1  Simple-Cycle Power Plant Performance Test Philosophy

         6.1.1    General

                  Performance guarantees for the power plant include electrical
                  output and heat rate. Compliance with these guarantees is
                  determined by an input/output test for the plant. The test
                  includes measurements of additional parameters required to
                  assure that the plant is operating at contract conditions and
                  to enable correction of measured performance to the basis for
                  guarantee conditions.

                  The performance guarantees apply to equipment in new and clean
                  condition.


                  This test must be conducted as soon as possible after the
                  initial startup. The compressor is cleaned per the Compressor
                  Cleaning specification found in the Reference Documents
                  chapter and inspected by the GE representative. The GE
                  representative will be the sole judge with respect to
                  condition of the gas turbine at the time of testing.

                  Performance test technicians are provided by the customer. GE
                  prepares a detailed test specification that is submitted to
                  the customer for mutual agreement. GE provides the technical
                  direction of the tests. In addition, GE performs calculations
                  to determine performance relative to the guarantees and
                  prepares a test report for submittal to the customer.

                  Instrumentation tolerances are applied to the results of the
                  test based on the accuracy of the individual test measurements
                  and the contract requirements. An analysis of the test
                  measurement uncertainty to be applied is made when the
                  detailed test procedure is complete.

         6.1.2    Procedure

                  Testing is conducted on the gas turbine in accordance with the
                  Field Performance Testing Procedure included in the Reference
                  Documents chapter of this proposal. The gas turbine is brought
                  to steady-state test conditions prior to conducting
                  performance testing. The test includes a demonstration of
                  electrical output, heat rate, and other parameters specified
                  in the proposal. Sufficient data is recorded to determine the
                  equipment performance and to


                                         Test Philosophy                Page 6.1
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Proposal  91578AG (05/00)     Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  correct it to performance guarantee basis conditions.
                  Corrections are made for operating and climatic conditions
                  that may deviate from the contract performance guarantee
                  including compressor inlet air temperature and humidity,
                  ambient air pressure, fuel properties and water injection, if
                  required.

        6.1.3     Performance Evaluation

                  The simple-cycle performance test is conducted as described
                  above. Adjustments are made for variation in gas turbine
                  operating conditions as follows:

                  1. Gas Turbine Power
                     kW (SC)=kW (GT) *kW (AD)

                  2. Heat Consumption
                     HR(GT)

                  3. Heat Rate
                             HC(GT)*HR(AD)
                     HR(SC) =-------------
                                kW(GT)

                  Symbol              Description
                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  kW(SC)    Gas turbine-generator measured electrical output
                            (kW) for simple-cycle mode operation at new and
                            clean condition and corrected to guarantee site
                            conditions.

                  kWGT      Gas turbine-generator measured net equipment output
                            (kW) at new and clean conditions.

                  kWAD      Gas turbine output corrections to guarantee basis
                            conditions.

                  HCGT      Gas turbine heat consumption (106 kJ/h) calculated
                            from fuel flow and lower heating value measured
                            during tests.

                  HRSC      Gas turbine net heat rate calculated from measured
                            output and heat consumption corrected to guarantee
                            basis site conditions.

                  HRAD      Gas turbine heat rate corrections to guarantee
                            basis site conditions.

                  The test procedure includes correction factors and curves for
                  test variations in ambient temperature, ambient pressure,
                  ambient relative humidity, fuel heating values, and gas
                  turbine water injection. These factors are used to correct the
                  measured performance data from actual operating conditions to
                  rated contract conditions.

                  Output guarantees will be satisfied if the corrected and
                  adjusted output (kWsc) surrounded by the uncertainty interval
                  encompasses the guaranteed plant output or falls above it.
                  Heat rate guarantee will be satisfied if the corrected


                                        Test Philosophy                 Page 6.2
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                  and adjusted test heat rate (HRsc) surrounded by the
                  uncertainty interval encompasses the guaranteed plant heat
                  rate or falls below it.

                  At the conclusion of the tests, GE will perform calculations
                  to determine performance relative to guarantee and will issue
                  a report covering the entire testing program.


                                         Test Philosophy                Page 6.3
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

         g
                             GE Power Systems
------------------------------

         7.      GE Scope of Supply
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         7.1     Gas Turbine Systems....................................... 7.2
         7.2     Generator................................................. 7.10
         7.3     Gas Turbine-Generator Controls and Electric Auxiliaries... 7.17
         7.4     Services.................................................. 7.23

         This chapter presents a listing of the equipment and services which GE
         proposes to provide. The list is only a quick reference to the scope of
         supply. Please refer to the Table of Contents to locate more detailed
         descriptions of the items listed here.


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.1
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    7.1  Gas Turbine Systems

         7.1.1    Gas Turbine

                  Base-mounted gas turbine including:

                  o  Modulating IGV

         7.1.2    Combustion System

                  o  Dry Low NOx combustion system
                  o  Combustion system features

                     -- Thermal barrier coated liners
                     -- Nimonic transition pieces
                     -- Reuter Stokes SiC flame detectors
                     -- With compressor inlet heating

                  o  Water injection for NOx control (on-base provisions)
                     -- Liquid fuel
                     -- Off base water injection skid with:
                        -  Enclosure
                        -  Space heater
                        -  Water injection pump with variable frequency drive
                        -  Water filter
                  o    Diluent injection instrumentation
                        -- Compressor inlet humidity sensor
                        -- Compressor inlet temperature thermocouple

         7.1.3    Fuel Systems

         7.1.3.1  Dual Fuel System - Gas and Distillate

         7.1.3.2  Gas Fuel System

                  o  Stainless steel gas piping
                  o  Orifice type gas flow measurement system


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.2
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                    o  Single gas strainer
                    o  Gas fuel valves on accessory base
                    o  Gas fuel cleaning equipment
                       --  Fuel gas scrubber, cyclone type

          7.1.3.3   Liquid Fuel System (one skid for two gas turbines)

                    o  Stainless steel fuel oil piping
                    o  Duplex, low pressure fuel filters, on-base
                    o  Liquid fuel/atomizing air module
                    o  Single, motor driven, atomizing air compressor
                    o  Motor driven, 1x100% capacity, main liquid fuel pump
                    o  Distillate fuel forwarding system configured to supply
                       two gas turbines
                       --  Inlet valve for skid isolation
                       --  Duplex fuel oil strainer with differential pressure
                           switch and gauge
                       --  AC motor driven distillate fuel pumps with pressure
                           switches
                       --  Back-up ac motor driven distillate fuel pump
                       --  Pressure regulating valve
                       --  Fuel flowmeter with mechanical readout with+/-2%
                           accuracy for the design fuel
                       --  Pulse generator for remote indication of fuel flow
                       --  Solenoid stop valve
                       --  Distillate fuel skid weatherproof enclosure
                           - With vent fan
                       --  Carbon steel fuel oil piping
                       --  Electrical conduit & junction boxes
                       --  Instrumentation and gauges (dual metric/English)
                       --  Structural steel base

          7.1.4     Lubricating and Hydraulic Systems

          7.1.4.1   Pumps

                    o  AC motor driven dual lube oil pumps

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.3
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  o  AC motor driven dual hydraulic pumps
                     --  Used for jacking oil also
                  o  DC motor driven, emergency lube oil pump
                  o  AC/DC motor driven auxiliary generator seal oil pump

        7.1.4.2   Filters and Coolers

                  o  Dual lube oil system filters
                  o Dual hydraulic oil filters
                  o  Dual lube oil coolers
                     --  Plate/frame type with stainless steel plates
                  o  ASME code stamp
                     --  Lube oil coolers
                     --  Lube oil filters

        7.1.4.3   Lube Oil Piping

                  o 304L stainless steel lube oil feed pipe
                  o Carbon steel lube oil drain pipe
                  o Lube system valve stainless steel trim

        7.1.4.4   Mist Elimination

                  o  Lube vent demister

        7.1.4.5   Oil Reservoir

                  o  With heater for -20(degree)F

        7.1.4.6   Instrumentation

                  o  Delta pressure switches for lubrication and hydraulic oil
                     filters

        7.1.5     Inlet System

                  o  Inlet system arrangement
                     --  Up and forward inlet system arrangement


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.4
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     --  Inlet compartment supports straddle ductline

                  o  Inlet filtration
                     --  Self-cleaning inlet filter
                     --  Compressor bleed air supply for filter cleaning
                     --  Standard filter media (low humidity, non-corrosive
                         environments)
                     --  Air processing unit (APU) with galvanized steel piping
                     --  APU heat tracing kit
                     --  50 micron moisture separator
                     --  Weather protection on inlet filter compartment
                     --  Inlet system differential pressure indicator
                     --  Inlet system differential pressure alarm
                     --  Inlet filter compartment support steel (Seismic Zone
                         2A, (less than symbol)= 100 mph wind speed)
                     --  Evaporative cooler, 85% effective
                     --  Caged ladder access to inlet filter compartment
                     --  Left hand access to inlet filter compartment
                     --  Electric hoist with 500 lb lift capacity
                     --  Inlet filter compartment interior lighting

                  o  Inlet heating
                     --  Bleed heat manifold located in duct
                     --  Inlet bleed heat control valve(s)

                  o  Inlet ducting
                     --  Inlet silencing
                     --  Inlet duct section arrangement per proposed mechanical
                         outline
                     --  Inlet expansion joint
                     --  Inlet 90 degree elbow
                     --  Inlet transition piece
                     --  Inlet ducting support steel (Seismic Zone 2A, = 100 mph
                         wind speed)

                  o  Inlet system atmospheric protection
                     --  Zinc rich paint inside and outside of inlet filter
                         compartment
                     --  Epoxy overcoat inside and outside inlet filter
                         compartment
                     --  Zinc rich paint with epoxy overcoat on evaporative
                         cooler unwetted section


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.5
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                       -- Galvanized inlet filter compartment support steel
                       -- Zinc rich paint inside and outside of inlet ducting
                          with epoxy top coat inside ducting
                       -- Epoxy top coat
                          outside of inlet ducting
                       -- Stainless steel inlet
                          silencing perforated sheet
                       -- Galvanized inlet ducting support steel

          7.1.6     Exhaust System

          7.1.6.1   Arrangement

                    o  Exhaust expansion joint
                    o  Aft and up exhaust system configuration with exhaust
                       diffuser, expansion joint, ducting and stack
                    o  Exhaust stack, 75 feet high
                    o  Exhaust silencer

          7.1.6.2   Exhaust System Features

                    o  EPA compliant emission test ports
                    o  Ladder and platform for emission testing system
                    o  Personnel protection panel at exhaust platform
                    o  Exhaust system materials and atmospheric protection
                       -- Carbon steel exhaust system shell and stiffeners
                       -- 409 stainless steel internal lagging
                       -- Inorganic zinc primer
                          - Structural support steel
                          - Duct exterior
                          - Platform structure and railing
                       -- Galvanized
                          - Ladders and platform grating
                       -- Zinc plated bolts, nuts and washers



GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.5
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


               7.1.7 Couplings

                     o   Rigid load coupling
                     o   Load coupling guard

               7.1.8 Gas Turbine Packaging

                     o   Lagging and enclosures
                         -- On-base accessory compartment
                            lagging
                         -- Off-base acoustic enclosure for turbine only
                         -- Off-base load coupling compartment enclosure
                         -- Acoustic barrier wall around exhaust diffuser

                     o   Compartment ventilation, pressurization and heating
                         -- Dual turbine compartment vent fans
                         -- Dual accessorybcompartment vent fans
                         -- Dual load compartment vent fan
                         -- Single vent fan for liquid fuel and atomizing air
                            skid
                         -- Heated turbine and accessory compartments for
                            humidity control

                     o   Plant arrangement
                         -- Turbine designed for installation outdoors
                         -- Right hand accessory module
                         -- Exterior unit walkways by customer, mounting pads
                            by GE
                         -- Interior unit walkways

                     o   Turbine and accessory base painting
                         --   Standard primer only

                     o UBC Seismic Zone 4 (except for inlet and exhaust)

                     o UBC Seismic Zone 2A for inlet and exhaust

                     o Hazardous area classification

                         --  NEC Class1, Group D, Division 2
                             --  Turbine compartment
                             --  Natural gas fuel compartment
                             --  Liquid fuel/atomizing air module

                     o   Special features


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply             Page 7.7
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         -- Dual (metric-English) indicators and gauges

               7.1.9 Fire Protection System

                     o   Fire detection system
                         -- Turbine and accessory compartments
                         -- Liquid fuel and atomizing air skid

                     o   Smoke detection system
                         -- Control cab/PEECC

                     o   Compartment warning signs

                     o   CO2 supply system
                         -- One low pressure CO2 tank per unit
                         -- Tank suitable for 0-120(degree)F(-18 to 49(degree)C)

                     o   Fire protection piping
                         -- Turbine and accessory
                            enclosures
                         -- Liquid fuel/atomizing air skid

                     o   Hazardous atmosphere detectors in turbine and gas fuel
                         compartments
                         -- CHx detectors - natural gas compartment
                         -- CHx detectors - turbine gas compartment

                     o   Hazardous atmosphere detector readout
                         -- CHx

              7.1.10 Cleaning Systems

                     o   On base piping for on and offline compressor water
                         wash system



GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply             Page 7.8
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>



                     o   Water wash skid
                         -- Water storage tank and freeze protection
                         -- Skid enclosure
                         -- Single skid for multiple units

           7.1.11    Cooling Water System

                     o Cooling system temperature regulating valve
                     o Industrial, off-base cooling water system
                          -- Aluminum fin material
                          -- Corrosion protected cooling skid support structure

           7.1.12    Starting Systems

                     o   Static start (one LCI for two gas turbines)
                         -- Generator start with inverter/regulator
                         -- Static start isolation transformer
                             -- Oil filled
                         -- Isolation transformer fed from auxiliary bus
                         -- Shared hardware within a power block
                         -- Shared hardware across power blocks using cross
                            ties
                            -- PLC based changeover panel
                         -- 12-pulse, water cooled LCI
                         -- One static start for every two gas turbines
                         -- Single dc link reactor
                         -- Water-to-water heat exchanger, shipped loose

                     o   Rotor turning systems
                         -- Turning gear and motor for rotor cooldown
                         -- Rotor indexing (borescope inspection)

           7.1.13    Miscellaneous Systems

           7.1.13.1  Special Systems

                     o   Exhaust frame blowers on turbine compartment roof


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply             Page 7.9
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.2 Generator

           7.2.1   General Information

                   o    Hydrogen cooled generator with conventionally cooled
                        armature
                   o    Outdoor installation
                   o    60 Hz generator frequency
                   o    Generator voltage 18.0 kV
                   o    0.85 power factor (lagging)
                   o    Capability to 1.00 power factor (leading)
                   o    Class "F" armature and rotor insulation
                   o    Class "B" temperature rise, armature and rotor winding
                   o    Generator bearings
                        -- End shield bearing support
                        -- Elliptical journal bearings
                        -- Roll out bearing capability without removing rotor
                        -- Insulated collector end bearing
                        -- Online bearing insulation check
                        -- Offline bearing insulation check with isolated rotor

                   o    Monitoring Devices
                        -- Two (2) velocity vibration probes at turbine end,
                           one (1) at collector end
                        -- Provisions for key phasor-generator
                        -- Provisions for permanent flux probe
                        -- Proximity vibration probes
                           - Two probes per bearing at 45(degree)angle

                   o    Generator Field
                        -- Direct cooled field
                        -- Two-pole field
                        -- Finger type amortissuers

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.10
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb


<PAGE>


               7.2.2 Generator Gas Coolers

                     o  Coolers shipped installed
                     o  Generator gas cooler configuration
                        --   Five (5) horizontally mounted simplex coolers
                        --   Coolers located in generator base
                        --   Cooler piping connections on left side as viewed
                             from collector end
                        --   ASME code stamp
                        --   Single wall cooler tubes
                        --   Victaulic cooler couplings
                        --   Plate fins
                        --   Cooling water manifold and isolation valves
                     o  Generator gas cooling system characteristics
                         --  Coolant temperature
                             -- 20(degree)F approach
                         -- Generator capacity with one section out of service
                            80% with Class "F" rise
                         -- TEMA class C coolers
                         -- Maximum cooler pressure capability - 125 psi
                         -- Coolant 66% water and 33% ethylene glycol by volume
                         -- Fouling factor 0.0005

                     o   Generator gas cooler construction materials
                         -- 90-10 copper-nickel tubes
                         -- Carbon steel tube sheets
                         -- Carbon steel waterbox and coupling flanges with
                            epoxy coating
                         -- Aluminum cooler tube fins

               7.2.3 Generator Lube Oil Systems and Equipment

                     o   Bearing lube oil system
                         -- Generator lube oil system integral with turbine
                         -- Sight flow indicator
                     o   Bearing lift oil system
                         -- Stainless steel lift oil piping and tubing
                         -- Lift oil supplied from turbine oil system

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 711
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Lube oil system piping materials
                         -- Stainless steel lube oil feed pipe
                         -- Carbon steel lube oil drain pipe
                         -- Welded oil piping

               7.2.4 Generator Grounding Equipment

                     o   Neutral grounding equipment
                         -- Neutral ground transformer and secondary resistor
                         -- Mounted in terminal enclosure
                         -- Motor operated neutral disconnect switch

               7.2.5 Generator Temperature Devices

                     o   Stator winding temperature devices
                         -- 100 ohm platinum RTDs (resistance temperature
                            detector)
                         -- Single element RTDs
                         -- Grounded RTDs
                         -- Nine (9) stator slot RTDs

                     o   Gas path temperature devices
                         -- 100 ohm platinum gas path RTDs
                         -- Single element temperature sensors
                         -- Four(4) cold gas
                         -- Two (2) hot gas
                         -- GTG-2 (common cold gas)

                     o   Bearing temperature devices
                         -- Chromel alumel (type K) thermocouples
                         -- Dual element temperature sensors
                         -- Two (2) bearing metal temperature sensors per
                            bearing

                     o   Collector temperature devices
                         -- 100 ohm platinum RTDs
                         -- Single element temperature sensors
                         -- Collector air inlet temperature sensor
                         -- Collector air outlet temperature sensor




GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.12
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>




                     o   Lube oil system temperature devices
                         -- Chromel alumel (type K) thermocouples
                         -- Dual element temperature sensors
                         -- One (1) bearing drain temperature sensor per drain

               7.2.6 Packaging, Enclosures, and Compartments

                     o   Paint and preservation
                         -- Standard alkyd beige primer

                     o   High voltage bushings
                         -- High voltage bushings shipped installed
                         -- Six (6) ambient air cooled, high voltage bushings

                     o   Generator terminal enclosure (GTE)

                     o   Line-side terminal enclosure
                         -- Terminal enclosure shipped separate
                         -- Isolated phase bus duct connection
                         -- Phase sequence R-C-L when looking at enclosure
                            terminals
                         -- Outgoing power connection on right side when viewed
                            from collector end
                         -- Lightning arresters

                     o   Neutral terminal enclosure
                         -- Neutral terminals integral with line-side terminal
                            enclosure
                         -- Neutral tie

                     o   Collector compartment/enclosure

                        --  Collector compartment/enclosure shipped separate
                        --  Outdoor
                        --  Collector/brush holding rigging

                     o   Compartment lighting and outlets
                         -- AC lighting
                              --   Collector compartment


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.13
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


            7.2.7    Hydrogen Systems and Accessories

                     o   Hydrogen gas manifolds
                         -- Auto purge gas purge control manifold
                         -- Hydrogen/CO2 control valve assembly
                         -- H2  Bottle manifold not provided
                         -- CO2 bottle manifold not provided

                     o   Seal oil system
                         -- Control unit mounted in collector compartment
                         -- Stainless steel seal oil feed pipe
                         -- Carbon steel seal oil drain pipe

             7.2.8   Electrical Equipment

                     o   Motors
                         -- TEFC motors
                         -- Coated with antifungal material for protection in
                            tropical areas
                         -- High ambient motor insulation
                         -- Motor heaters connected to ac power
                         -- Extra severe duty motors
                         -- Cast iron motor housings

                     o   Heaters
                         --   Generator stator heaters
                         --   Generator collector heaters

             7.2.9   Generator Excitation Systems, Static Components

                     o   Bus fed static excitation with hot backup bridge

             7.2.9.1 Excitation Module Features

                     o   Control/monitor/display through TCP
                         -- Voltage matching in turbine control system
                         -- Power factor controller in turbine control system
                         -- Var controller in turbine control system
                         -- Selection of automatic or manual regulator




GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply           Page 7.14
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                             -- Raise-lower of the active regulator setpoint
                             -- Enter setpoint command
                             -- Display field amps
                             -- Display field volts
                             -- Display transfer volts

                         o   Built-in diagnostic display panel
                             -- Automatic voltage regulator (AVR)
                             -- Manual voltage regulator (FVR)
                             -- Automatic and manual bi-directional tracking
                             -- Reactive current compensation (RCC)
                             -- Volts per hertz limiter (V/Hz LIM)
                             -- Volts per hertz protection (24EX) (Backup to
                                24G)
                             -- Over excitation limiter (OEL)
                             -- Offline/online over excitation protection (76EX)
                             -- Loss of excitation protection (40EX)
                             -- Bridge ac phase unbalance protection (47EX)
                             -- Under excitation limiter (UEL)
                             -- Generator overvoltage protection (59EX)
                             -- Generator field ground detector trip (64FT)
                             -- VT failure detector (VTFD) (60EX)
                             -- Field ground detector alarm (64FA)
                             -- Exciter phrase voltage imbalance (47EX)
                             -- Bridge over-temperature (26EX)

                        o Dual source internal bulk power supply

                        o Millivolt shunt for field

                        o Surge protection
                            -- VT disconnect and CT shorting switches
                            -- Two phase current sensing
                            -- Three phase voltage sensing
                            -- Single pole dc field contactor/bridge

                        o   Thyristor bridge circuit filtering




GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.15
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     o   Shaft voltage suppressor circuit (mounted in panel)
                         -- Field de-excitation circuit (with field discharge
                            inductor)
                         -- Bridge disconnect; ac no load

                     o   Power system stabilizer

             7.2.9.2 Performance

                     o   2.0 response ratio and 160% VFFL (100(degree)C)
                         ceiling @ Vt = 1.0pu

             7.2.9.3 Excitation Enclosure Location

                     o   Installed in LCI/EX compartment
                     o   Installed in excitation compartment

             7.2.9.4 LCI Features

                     o   LCI located in LCI/EX compartment
                     o   LCI output isolation switch (89MD)
                         --  Located in LCI compartment
                     o   LCI cross-connect tie switch (89TS)
                         --  Located in LCI compartment
                     o   LCI disconnect switch (89SS)
                         --  Located in generator terminal enclosure
                     o   LCI fuse
                         --  Located in compartment with LCI

             7.2.9.5 PPT Features

                     o   Freestanding oil-filled PPT for outdoor installation
                     o   PPT fed from auxiliary bus

             7.2.10  Generator Current Transformers and Potential Transformers

                     o   Current transformers (CTs)
                         --  C400 current transformers (CTs)


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.16
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                           --   Line side CTs
                                -- CT 16, 17, 18 (miscellaneous functions)
                                -- CT 19A, C (voltage regulator droop)
                                -- CT 21, 22, 23 (generator differential relay)

                           --   Neutral CTs
                                -- CT1, CT2, CT3
                                -- CT4, CT5, CT6
                                -- CT7, CT8, CT9

                       o   Potential transformers (PTs)
                           -- Fixed
                           -- VT2, generator line side
                           -- VT4, generator line side



----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.3 Gas Turbine-Generator Controls and Electric Auxiliaries

                7.3.1 Control Cab/Packaged Electric and Electronic Control
                      Compartment (PEECC)

                      o Control panels mounted on a common skid

                      o Weatherproof, climate controlled, base mounted
                        enclosure

                      o Supplemental wall-mounted air conditioner


                7.3.2 Gas Turbine Control System Panel Features

                      o Triple modular redundant (TMR)

                      o Skid mounted control panels

                      o Auto/manual synchronizing module with synchronizing
                        check function

                      o Generator stator overtemperature alarm (49)

                      o Droop control

                      o Load limiter

                      o Purge cycle

                      o Automatic transfer from gas to liquid fuel




GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.17
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     o Customer alarm/trip contact for CRT display

                     o Additional customer input contacts (digital), as
                       available

                     o Additional customer output contacts (digital), as
                       available

                     o Provision for analog inputs from customer, as available

                     o   Provision for analog outputs to customer, as available

                     o   Wet low NOx data for EPA compliance

                     o   Vibration alarm readout and trip

                     o   Electrical overspeed protection

                     o   Constant settable droop

                     o   Power factor calculation and display

                     o   Power factor control

                     o   VAR control

                     o   Manual set point preselected load


               7.3.3 Local Operator Station

                     o   Commercial grade personal computer

                     o   Color monitor
                         --   Table top
                         --   15 in. screen

                     o   Mouse cursor control

                     o   Table top AT 101 keyboard

                     o   Printer
                         --   24 pin dot matrix

                     o   Display in English language

                     o   50 ft of Arcnet cable between gas turbine control
                         system panel and local operator interface /HMI for
                         indoor use

                     o   RS232C two way serial link (MODBUS) via local HMI



GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.18
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


               7.3.4 Remote Control and Monitoring Systems

                     o Two remote HMIs per four unit site

                     o Commercial grade personal computer o Color monitor

                         -- Table top
                         -- 20 in. screen

                     o   Mouse cursor control

                     o   Table top AT 101 keyboard

                     o   Printer
                         -- 24 pin dot matrix



               7.3.5 Rotor, Bearing and Performance Monitoring Systems

                     o   Performance monitoring systems
                         -- Performance monitoring sensors wired to gas
                            turbine control system

                     o   Vibration sensors
                         -- Velocity vibration sensors
                         -- Proximity vibration sensors

                     o   Bently Nevada 3500 monitor

                         -- Relay outputs wired to gas turbine control panel
                         -- Analog output (4-20 mA) wired to gas turbine control
                            panel
                         -- Mounted with generator control panel

                     o   Bearing thermocouples
                         -- Bearing drain thermocouples
                         -- Bearing metal thermocouples

                     o   Borescope access holes
                         -- TDXnet communications processor for each gas turbine




GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.19
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


             7.3.6   Generator Control Panel

             7.3.6.1 Generator Control Panel Hardware

                     o   Mounted in PEECC

                     o   Skid mounted with turbine panel

                     o   DGP with test plug capability


                     o   DGP without ModBus communication interface

                     o   DGP with communication interface

                     o   DGP with oscillography capture

                     o   DGP with redundant internal power supply

                     o   Generator breaker trip switch (52G/CS)

                     o   Humidity sensor readout

                     o   Hazardous atmosphere detector readout

                     o   Bentley Nevada vibration monitor(s)


             7.3.6.2 Digital Generator Protection System (DGP)

                     o   Generator overexcitation (24)

                     o   Generator undervoltage (27G)

                     o   Reverse power/anti-motoring (32-1)

                     o   Loss of excitation (40-1,2)

                     o   Current unbalance/negative phase sequence (46)

                     o   System phase fault (51V)

                     o   Generator overvoltage (59)

                     o   Stator ground detection (64G1)/(59GN)

                     o   Generator over/under frequency (81O-1, 81U-1)

                     o   Generator differential (87G)

                     o   Voltage transformer fuse failure (VTFF)




GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.20
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>



             7.3.6.3 Generator Protection Discrete Relays

                     o Distance relay (21)

                     o Synchronizing undervoltage relay (27BS-1,2)

                     o Reverse/inadvertent energization protection relay
                       (50RE/86RE)

                     o Breaker or lockout trip coil monitor relay (74)

                     o DC tripping bus, blown fuse protection relay (74-2)

                     o Generator differential lockout relay (86G-1)

                     o Second generator lockout relay (86G-2)

             7.3.6.4 Features Integrated Into Gas Turbine Control System

                     o Gas turbine control system with speed matching,
                       synchronization and check

                     o Manual synchronization displayed on gas turbine control
                       system

                     o Auto/manual synchronizing module displayed on gas turbine
                       control system

                     o Load control in gas turbine control system

                     o Temperature indication for generator RTDs

                     o Generator voltage matching (90VM)

             7.3.6.5 Generator Control Panel Metering

                     o   Generator digital multimeter
                         --   VM - Generator volts
                         --   AM - Generator Amps: Phase 1,2,3 and Neutral
                         --   MW - Generator MegaWatts
                         --   MVAR - Generator MegaVARs
                         --   FM - Generator frequency
                         --   MVA - Generator MVA
                         --   PF - Generator power factor




GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.21
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


             7.3.6.6 Generator Control Panel Transducers

                     o Generator watt/VAR transducer 4-20 mA output for input to
                       TCP (96GG-1)

                     o Generator TCP/droop control transducer 4-20 mA output
                       (96GW-1)

             7.3.7   Generator Protection

                     o Generator electrical protection equipment
                       -- Ground brush rigging

               7.3.8 Batteries and Accessories

                     o Lead acid battery

                     o Single phase battery charger

                     o Second battery charger

                     o Battery and charger mounted in the PEECC

               7.3.9 Motor Control Center

                     o MCC mounted in control cab/PEECC

                     o Tin-plated copper bus-work

                     o 65 kA bracing

                     o 480V 60 Hz auxiliary power

               7.3.10 Motor Features

                     o TEFC motors less than or equal to 200 hp

                     o Coated with antifungal material for protection in
                       tropical areas

                     o High ambient motor insulation

                     o Energy saver motors

                     o Extra severe duty motors

                     o Cast iron motor housings




GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.22
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                      o   All redundant motors to be lead/lag

                      o   Motor heaters
                          --   Rated 110/120 volts, 50/60 Hz

                      o   WP motors >200 hp

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  7.4 Services

                      o    Transportation
                           -- Domestic freight
                           -- Generator shipped with rotor installed

                      o    Documentation
                           -- Up to 10 sets of English language service manuals
                              per station, including Operation, Maintenance and
                              Parts volumes

                      o    Turbine maintenance tools
                           -- Guide pins (for removal or replacement of bearing
                              caps, compressor casing and exhaust frame)
                           -- Fuel nozzle wrenches
                           -- Fuel nozzle test fixture
                           -- Spark plug electrode tool
                           -- Clearance tools
                           -- Fuel nozzle staking tool
                           -- Combustion liner tool
                           -- Bearing and coupling disassembly fixture

                      o    Generator maintenance tools (1 set per site)
                           -- Rotor lifting slings
                           -- Rotor removal equipment including shoes, pans,
                              pulling devices
                           -- Rotor jacking bolts

                      o    Installation equipment
                           -- Trunions for generator
                           -- On loan basis only




GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.23
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     o   Electrical System Studies
                         -- All electrical system integration/setting studies by
                            customer, except as follows
                         -- Settings for generator: DGP, 27BS, and 59BN relays,
                            as applicable



GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply           Page 7.24
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

      g          GE Power Systems
------------------


                              8. Turbine-Generator
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.1 Gas Turbine Systems

                       8.1.1   Gas Turbine


                               The MS7001(FA) gas turbine has a single shaft,
                               bolted rotor with the generator connected to the
                               gas turbine through a solid coupling at the
                               compressor or "cold" end. This configuration
                               improves alignment control and provides an axial
                               exhaust-- optimal for combined cycle or waste
                               heat recovery applications. The major features of
                               the MS7001(FA) gas turbine are described below:

                       8.1.2   Compressor Section

                               The axial flow compressor has 18 stages with
                               modulating inlet guide vanes and provides a 15.2
                               to 1 pressure ratio. Interstage air extraction is
                               used for cooling and sealing air for turbine
                               nozzles, wheelspaces, and bearings, and for surge
                               control during start up.

                       8.1.2.1 Compressor Rotor

                               The compressor rotor consists of a forward stub
                               shaft with the stage zero rotor blades, a sixteen
                               blade and wheel assembly for stages 1 to 16, and
                               an aft stub shaft with the stage 17 rotor blades.
                               Rotor blades are inserted into broached slots
                               located around the periphery of each wheel and
                               wheel portion of the stub shaft. The rotor
                               assembly is held together by fifteen axial bolts
                               around the bolting circle. The wheels are
                               positioned radially by a rabbeted fit near the
                               center of the discs. Transmission of torque is
                               accomplished by face friction at the bolting
                               flange.

                               Selective positioning of the wheels is made
                               during assembly to reduce the rotor balance
                               correction. The compressor rotor is dynamically
                               balanced after assembly and again after the
                               compressor and turbine rotors are mated. They are
                               precision balanced prior to assembly into the
                               stator.

                       8.1.2.2 Compressor Blade Design

                               The airfoil shaped compressor rotor blades are
                               designed to compress air efficiently at high
                               blade tip velocities. Compressor blades are made
                               from high



                                      Turbine-Generator                Page 8.1
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Proposal        91578AG (05/00)  Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     corrosion resistance material which eliminates the need
                     for a coating. These forged blades are attached to their
                     wheels by dovetail connections. The dovetail is accurately
                     machine to maintain each blade in the desired location on
                     the wheel.

                     Stator blades utilize square bases for mounting in the
                     casing slots. Blade stages zero through four are mounted by
                     axial dovetails into blade ring segments. The blade ring
                     segments are inserted into circumferential grooves in the
                     casing and are secured with locking rings. Stages 5 through
                     16 are mounted on individual rectangular bases that are
                     inserted directly into circumferential grooves in the
                     casings. Stage 17 and the exit guide vanes are cast
                     segments.

           8.1.2.3   Compressor Stator

                     The casing is composed of three major subassemblies: the
                     inlet casing, the compressor casing, and the compressor
                     discharge casing. These components in conjunction with the
                     turbine shell, exhaust frame/diffuser, and combustion
                     wrapper form the compressor stator.

                     The casing bore is maintained to close tolerances with
                     respect to the rotor blade tips for maximum aerodynamic
                     efficiency. Borescope ports are located throughout the
                     machine for component inspection. In addition all casings
                     are horizontally split for ease of handling and
                     maintenance.

           8.1.2.3.1 Inlet Casing

                     The primary function of the inlet casing, located at the
                     forward end of the gas turbine, is to direct the air
                     uniformly from the inlet plenum into the compressor. The
                     inlet casing also supports the number 1 thrust bearing
                     assembly and the variable inlet guide vanes, located at the
                     aft end.

           8.1.2.3.2 Compressor Casing

                     The compressor casing contains compressor stages zero
                     through 12. Extraction ports in the casing allow bleeds to
                     the exhaust plenum during startup and extraction of air to
                     cool the second and third stage nozzles.

           8.1.2.3.3 Compressor Discharge Casing

                     The compressor discharge casing contains 13th- through
                     17th- stage compressor stators and one row of exit guide
                     vanes. It also provides an inner support for the
                     first-stage turbine nozzle assembly and supports the



                          Turbine-Generator                             Page 8.2
                          -----------------------------------------------------
                          Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     combustion components. Air is extracted from the compressor
                     discharge plenum to cool the stage one nozzle vane,
                     retaining ring, and shrouds.

                     Similarly, air extracted from the compressor discharge
                     plenum is used to provide the following:

                     o Atomizing air for liquid fuel

                     o Fuel system purge air

                     o Inlet bleed heat

                     o Compressor surge control

                     The compressor discharge casing consists of two cylinders
                     connected by radial struts. The outer cylinder is a
                     continuation of the compressor casing and the inner
                     cylinder surrounds the compressor aft stub shaft. A
                     diffuser is formed by the tapered annulus between the outer
                     and inner cylinders. The compressor discharge casing is
                     joined to the combustion wrapper at the flange on its
                     outermost diameter.

8.1.3                Turbine Section

                     In the three stage turbine section, energy from hot
                     pressurized gas produced by the compressor and combustion
                     section is converted to mechanical energy. The turbine
                     section is comprised of the combustion wrapper, turbine
                     rotor, turbine shell, exhaust frame, exhaust diffuser,
                     nozzles and diaphragms, stationary shrouds, and aft (number
                     2) bearing assembly.

8.1.3.1              Turbine Rotor

                     The turbine rotor assembly consists of a forward shaft,
                     three turbine wheels, two turbine spacer wheels, and an aft
                     turbine shaft which includes the number 2 journal bearing.
                     The forward shaft extends from the compressor rotor aft
                     stub shaft flange to the first stage turbine wheel. Each
                     turbine wheel is axially separated from adjacent stage(s)
                     with a spacer wheel. The spacer wheel faces have radial
                     slots for cooling air passages, and the outer surfaces are
                     machined to form labyrinth seals for interstage gas
                     sealing.

                     Selective positioning of rotor members is performed during
                     assembly to minimize balance corrections of the assembled
                     rotor. Concentricity control is achieved with mating
                     rabbets on the turbine wheels, spacers, and shafts. Turbine
                     rotor components are held in compression by bolts. Rotor
                     torque is accomplished by friction force on the wheel faces
                     due to bolt compression.




                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.3
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>



                     The turbine rotor is cooled by air extracted from
                     compressor stage 17. This air is also used to cool the
                     turbine first- and second-stage buckets plus the rotor
                     wheels and spacers.

8.1.3.2              Turbine Bucket Design

                     The first-stage buckets use forced air convection cooling
                     in which turbulent air flow is forced through integral
                     cast-in serpentine passages and discharged from holes at
                     the tip of the trailing edge of the bucket. Second-stage
                     buckets are cooled via radial holes drilled by a shaped
                     tube electromechanical machining process. Third-stage
                     buckets do not require air cooling.

                     Second- and third-stage buckets have integral tip shrouds
                     which interlock buckets to provide vibration damping and
                     seal teeth that reduce leakage flow. Turbine buckets are
                     attached to the wheel with fir tree dovetails that fit into
                     matching cutouts at the rim of the turbine wheel. Bucket
                     vanes are connected to the dovetails by shanks which
                     separate the wheel from the hot gases and thereby reduce
                     the temperature at the dovetail. All turbine buckets are
                     coated to provide corrosion resistance.

                     The turbine rotor assembly is arranged to allow buckets to
                     be replaced without having to unstack the wheels, spacers
                     and stub shaft assemblies. Similarly, buckets are
                     selectively positioned such that they can be replaced
                     individually or in sets without having to rebalance the
                     wheel assembly.

8.1.3.3              Turbine Stator

                     The turbine stator is comprised of the combustion wrapper,
                     turbine shell, and the exhaust frame. Like the compressor
                     stator, the turbine stator is horizontally split for ease
                     of handling and maintenance.

8.1.3.3.1            Combustion Wrapper

                     The combustion wrapper, located between the compressor
                     discharge casing and the turbine shell, facilitates removal
                     and maintenance of the transition pieces and stage one
                     nozzle.

8.1.3.3.2            Turbine Shell

                     The turbine shell provides internal support and axial and
                     radial positions of the shrouds and nozzles relative to the
                     turbine buckets. This positioning is critical to gas
                     turbine performance. Borescope ports are provided for
                     inspection of buckets and nozzles.



                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.4
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.3.3.3            Exhaust Frame

                     The exhaust frame is bolted to the aft flange of the
                     turbine shell and consists of an outer and an inner
                     cylinder interconnected by radial struts. The inner
                     cylinder supports the number 2 bearing. The tapered annulus
                     between the outer and inner cylinders forms the axial
                     exhaust diffuser. Gases from the third-stage turbine enter
                     the diffuser where the velocity is reduced by diffusion and
                     pressure is recovered, improving performance.

                     Cooling of the exhaust frame, number 2 bearing, and
                     diffuser tunnel is accomplished by motor-driven blowers.
                     These motor driven blowers are located on the top of the
                     gas turbine enclosure.


8.1.3.4              Turbine Nozzle Design

                     The turbine section has three stages of nozzles (stationary
                     blades) with air cooling provided to all three stages. The
                     first- and second-stage nozzles are cooled by a combination
                     of film cooling (gas path surface), impingement cooling,
                     and convection cooling in the vane and sidewall regions.
                     The third stage uses convection cooling only.

                     All turbine nozzles consist of multi-vane segments.
                     First-stage turbine nozzle segments are contained by a
                     retaining ring which remains centered in the turbine shell.
                     The second- and third-stage nozzle segments are held in
                     position by radial pins from the shell into axial slots in
                     the nozzle outer sidewall.

8.1.3.5              Bearings

                     The MS7001(FA) gas turbine contains two journal bearings to
                     support the turbine rotor and one dual direction thrust
                     bearing to maintain the rotor-to-stator axial position. The
                     bearings are located in two housings: one at the inlet and
                     one at the center of the exhaust frame. All bearings are
                     pressure lubricated by oil supplied from the main
                     lubrication oil system. The number 1 bearing (journal and
                     thrust) is accessed by removing the top half of the
                     compressor inlet casing. The number 2 bearing is readily
                     accessible through the tunnel along the centerline of the
                     exhaust diffuser. (Removal of the turbine casing is not
                     required for bearing maintenance.) Bearing protection
                     includes vibration sensors and drain oil temperature
                     thermocouples.




                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.5
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


8.1.4                Combustion

8.1.5                Dry Low NOx 2.6 Combustion System

                     The Dry Low NOx 2.6 combustor was designed to minimize
                     emissions when operating on gas fuel but is capable of
                     operation with either gas or liquid fuel. Optimal emissions
                     are achieved through the regulation of fuel distribution to
                     a multi-nozzle, total premix combustor arrangement. The
                     fuel flow distribution to each fuel nozzle assembly is
                     calculated to maintain unit load and fuel split which
                     optimizes turbine emissions.

8.1.5.1              Fuel Nozzle Arrangement

                     The DLN 2.6 combustion system consists of six fuel nozzles
                     per combustion can, each operating as a fully premixed
                     combustor. One fuel nozzle is located in the center of the
                     combustion can with five nozzles located radially from the
                     first as shown in the illustration below. The center
                     nozzles is identified as PM1 (Pre Mix 1). Two outer nozzles
                     located adjacent to the crossfire tubes are identified as
                     PM2 (Pre Mix 2). The remaining three outer nozzles are
                     identified as PM3 (Pre Mix 3). Another fuel passage is
                     located in the airflow upstream of the premix nozzles,
                     circumferentially around the combustion can. This passage
                     is identified as the quaternary fuel pegs.



                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.6
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>



                        DLN 2.6 Fuel Nozzle Arrangement
                                   (Typical)

[GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]


DLN 2.6 Fuel Nozzle Arrangement (Typical)

                     Fuel flow to the six fuel nozzles and quaternary pegs is
                     controlled by independent control valves, each controlling
                     flow split and unit load. The gas fuel system consists of
                     the gas fuel stop/ratio valve, gas control valve one (PM1),
                     gas control valve two (PM2), gas control valve three (PM3),
                     and gas control valve four (Quat).

                     The stop/ratio valve (SVR) is designed to maintain a
                     predetermined pressure at the inlet of the gas control
                     valves. Gas control valves one through four regulate the
                     desired gas fuel flow delivered to the turbine in response
                     to the command signal fuel stoke reference (FSR) from the
                     gas turbine control panel. The DLN 2.6 control system is
                     designed to ratio FSR into a Flow Control Reference. The
                     flow control philosophy is performed in a cascading
                     routine, scheduling a percentage flow reference for a
                     particular valve, and driving the remainder of the
                     percentage to the next valve reference parenthetically
                     downstream in the control software.

8.1.5.2              Chamber Arrangement

                     The gas turbine employs fourteen combustors designated as
                     combustion chambers. There are two spark plugs and four
                     flame detectors in selected chambers with crossfire tubes
                     connecting adjacent chambers. Each combustor



                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.7
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>



                     consists of a six nozzle/endcover assembly, forward and aft
                     combustion casings, flow sleeve assembly, multi-nozzle cap
                     assembly, liner assembly and transition piece assembly. A
                     quaternary nozzle arrangement penetrates the circumference
                     of the combustion chamber, porting fuel to casing injection
                     pegs located radially around the casing.

8.1.5.3              Spark Plug Ignition System

                     Two spark plugs located in different combustion chambers
                     are used to ignite fuel flow. These spark plugs are
                     energized to ignite fuel at firing speed during start-up
                     only. Flame is propagated to those combustion chambers
                     without spark plugs through crossfire tubes connecting
                     adjacent combustion chambers around the gas turbine.

8.1.5.4              Flame Detectors


                     Reliable detection of flame location in the DLN 2.6 system
                     is critical to the control of the combustion process and to
                     protection of the gas turbine hardware. Four flame
                     detectors are mounted in separate combustion chambers
                     around the gas turbine to detect flame in all modes of
                     operation. The signals from these flame detectors are
                     processed in control logic and used for various control and
                     protection functions.

8.1.5.5              Gas Fuel Operation

                     The DLN 2.6 fuel system operation is fully automated,
                     sequencing the combustion system through a number of
                     staging modes prior to reaching full load. The primary
                     controlling parameter for fuel staging is the calculated
                     combustion reference temperature. Other DLN 2.6 operation
                     influencing parameters available to the operator are inlet
                     guide vane (IGV) temperature control "ON" or "OFF" and
                     inlet bleed heat "ON" or "OFF". To achieve maximum exhaust
                     temperature, as well as an expanded load range for optimal
                     emissions, both IGV temperature control and inlet bleed
                     heat should be selected "ON".

8.1.5.5.1            Liquid Fuel Operation

                     Because liquid fuel injection occurs at the tips of the
                     outer five fuel nozzle only, operation on liquid fuel is
                     always in diffusion mode. A water injection passage, which
                     is integral to the fuel nozzle as illustrated below, is
                     used for NOx abatement while operating on liquid fuel.



                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.8
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                                  Fuel Nozzle
                                    (Typical)

[GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]


8.1.5.6              Inlet Guide Vane Operation

                     The DLN 2.6 combustor emission performance is sensitive to
                     changes in fuel/air ratio. The combustor was designed
                     according to the airflow regulation scheme used with IGV
                     temperature control. Optimal combustor operation is
                     dependent upon proper operation along the predetermined
                     temperature control scheme. Controlled fuel scheduling is
                     dependent upon the state of IGV temperature control.

                     IGV temperature control "ON" is also referred to as a
                     combined cycle operation while IGV temperature control
                     "OFF" is referred to as simple cycle operation.

8.1.5.7              Fuel Flow Monitoring Equipment

                     The following fuel flow equipment is provided for
                     integration by the customer into the fuel supply line:


                     o   Gas

                         -- Meter tube and orifice with delta P transducers for
                            flow indication

                         -- Transmitter for supply temperature indication

                         -- Static pressure transducer



                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.9
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb


<PAGE>


                     o   Distillate
                         --   Fuel flowmeter
                              Flowmeter is installed on the fuel forwarding
                              skid.

8.1.5.8              Water Injection System

                     The water injection system consists of pumping and metering
                     equipment for supplying water to the combustion system for:

                     o   NOx emission control

                     All piping and components which come into contact with
                     water are stainless steel. The control system provides the
                     above using minimum water injection and minimum degradation
                     in heat rate by modulating the water injection rate
                     proportional to fuel consumption.

8.1.5.8.1            On-Base Equipment

                     The on-base equipment includes water supply manifold(s),
                     water injection spray nozzles built into the fuel nozzles,
                     and a piping connection to the off-base water supply.

                     Also located on-base are the controls for the water
                     injection system consisting of automatic sequencing and
                     flow rate control and operator interfaces for monitoring
                     and recording of the water to fuel ratio and fuel flow.

8.1.5.8.2            Off-Base Water Injection Skid

                     The water injection skid is a self-contained system used to
                     transport treated water from the customer's storage
                     facility to the gas turbine at the proper pressure and flow
                     rate. The skid includes the following components as
                     illustrated in the diagram below:



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.10
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb


<PAGE>


                       Gas Turbine Water Injection System
                                    (typical)


                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]




8.1.5.8.2.1          Inlet Water Strainer

                     An inlet Y-strainer removes particles from the water before
                     entering the injection pump. An inlet water pressure switch
                     is included to monitor the differential across the strainer
                     and signal an alarm through the gas turbine control system
                     when cleaning is required.


8.1.5.8.2.2          Water Injection Pump

                     A single motor driven, high pressure centrifugal water
                     injection pump is used to deliver the water to the gas
                     turbine. The pump includes a variable frequency drive with
                     pump/motor speed feedback. A pressure transmitter is
                     supplied to monitor the water pressure at the pump
                     discharge. The pump motor includes a space heater for
                     anti-moisture condensation.



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.11
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


8.1.5.8.2.3          Water Filter

                     After exiting the pump, the water is cleaned using a five
                     micron nominally rated filter. A differential pressure
                     switch is included to signal through the gas turbine
                     control system when filter cleaning is needed.

8.1.5.8.2.4          Water Flowmeter

                     Water usage is recorded by a turbine flowmeter with three
                     identical pickups/transmitters and downstream strainer.

8.1.5.8.2.5          Solenoid Stop Valve

                     A water actuated solenoid stop valve is installed at the
                     outlet connection of the water injection skid. The system
                     also includes an actuation pressure regulator, actuation
                     pressure relief valve, quick release valve, and actuation
                     last-chance filter.

8.1.5.8.2.6          Electrical Equipment

                     Interconnecting wiring, conduit, junction box, and motor
                     control center are included for the equipment mounted on
                     the skid.

8.1.5.8.2.7          Skid Features

                     The skid includes a structural steel base, interconnecting
                     piping for the skid mounted equipment, check valves,
                     pressure gauges, inlet water temperature gauge, and manual
                     isolation valves.

8.1.5.8.2.8          Enclosure

                     A weatherproof enclosure with ventilation fan and lighting
                     is provided.

                     A space heater with controlling thermostat is supplied with
                     the enclosure to guard against freezing.

8.1.6                Fuel System

8.1.6.1              Dual Fuel System


                     The dual fuel system allows the gas turbine to operate on
                     either gas or distillate fuel. Either may be used for start
                     up. Transfers from one fuel to the other may be initiated
                     by the operator prior to start up or at any time after


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.12
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb


<PAGE>



                     completion of the starting sequence. Transfers from
                     distillate to gas may be required to be made within a load
                     range which results in completing the fuel transfer without
                     staging from one gas fuel combustion mode to another.

                     Since gas is typically the primary fuel and distillate the
                     backup fuel, transfers from gas to distillate are
                     automatically initiated on low gas supply pressure,
                     provided that liquid fuel is available and provided there
                     is adequate time to start the fuel forwarding pump.
                     Transfer back to the primary fuel is by operator initiation
                     only in order to ensure the integrity of the fuel supply
                     and to prevent oscillatory operation if the gas supply
                     pressure is marginal at the transfer initiation pressure.
                     The operator should confirm the availability of the primary
                     fuel supply prior to initiating the transfer.

                     A typical fuel transfer is illustrated below. During fuel
                     transfer, the energy equivalent of fuel flow as a function
                     of the fuel command is matched between the two fuels to
                     insure that equal fuel commands will result in equal energy
                     release in the gas turbine combustors.

                                 Fuel Transfer
                                    (typical)


                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]


                     The transfer sequence is divided into two parts: a line
                     filling period and the actual transfer. During the first
                     period, the incoming fuel command increases to a level that
                     will allow filling of the system in about thirty seconds,
                     and the outgoing fuel command decreases by an equivalent
                     amount. After fuel has reached the fuel nozzles, the
                     incoming fuel is ramped up to equal the total fuel demand,
                     and the outgoing fuel is ramped down to zero. Since total
                     energy to the gas turbine is held reasonably constant, load
                     variations are minimal--




                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.13
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     generally less than five percent of nameplate rating (for a
                     properly matched and tuned system).

                     The next step in fuel transfer is purging the inactive fuel
                     system and verifying proper operation. During purge of the
                     inactive fuel system, the purge process introduces a
                     limited amount of additional fuel injected into the
                     turbine. The purge sequencing is designed to minimize this
                     effect of this additional fuel flow. Purging of liquid fuel
                     nozzles is initiated during the fuel transfer which causes
                     random opening of purge check valves and significantly
                     reduces load spikes.

                     If diluent injection is used to for emissions control, the
                     fuel transfer is completed before diluent injection is
                     initiated.

                     The gas and liquid fuel systems components are described in
                     the sections which follow.


8.1.6.2              Gas Fuel System

                     The gas fuel system modulates the gas fuel flow to the
                     turbine. Proper operation of the gas fuel system requires
                     that the gas be supplied to the gas fuel control system at
                     the proper pressure and temperature. The pressure is
                     required to maintain proper flow control. The fuel gas
                     temperature must ensure that the required hydrocarbon
                     superheat is maintained. For discussion of fuel gas supply
                     requirements in the Reference Documents - Process
                     Specification Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas
                     Turbines. Major system components, as shown in the
                     illustration which follows, are described below.



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.14
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                                Gas Fuel System
                                    (Typical

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]



8.1.6.2.1            Strainer

                     A single strainer is used to remove impurities from the
                     gas. A pressure switch which monitors the differential
                     across the strainer will signal an alarm through the gas
                     turbine control system when the pressure drop across the
                     strainer indicates cleaning is required.

8.1.6.2.2            Fuel Gas Stop/Speed Ratio and Control Valves

                     The fuel gas stop/speed ratio and control valves allow fuel
                     flow when the turbine starts and runs, control the fuel
                     flow, and provide protective fuel isolation when the
                     turbine is shut down. In systems with multiple control
                     valve configuration, the control valves also maintain the
                     fuel split among the fuel nozzles.

8.1.6.2.3            Vent Valve

                     When the gas fuel system is shut off, both the stop valve
                     and the control valve(s) are shut. A vent valve is opened
                     between the stop valve and the control valve(s). The vent
                     valve permits the fuel gas to exit to the atmosphere when
                     the turbine is shut down or switched to an alternate fuel.




                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.15
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


8.1.6.2.4            Flow Measurement System

                     The gas fuel flow measurement system uses a flow metering
                     tube with precision orifice. The pressure drop across the
                     orifice is used to determine the fuel flow. To accommodate
                     the large flow turndown, two delta-pressure transducers
                     with different, but over-lapping ranges, are used.

8.1.6.2.5            Fuel Manifold and Nozzles

                     The fuel manifold connects the gas fuel nozzles which
                     distribute the gas fuel into the combustion chambers. For
                     staged combustion systems, more than one manifold is used.


8.1.6.2.6            Piping

                     The gas fuel system uses stainless steel fuel gas piping
                     with carbon steel flanges.


8.1.6.3              Liquid Fuel System

                     The liquid fuel system delivers the fuel oil from the fuel
                     forwarding system to the gas turbine combustion chambers.
                     The system filters the fuel and controls the fuel flow to
                     each of the nozzles in the gas turbine combustion chambers.
                     Major system components, as shown in the illustration which
                     follows, are described below.



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.16
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                               Liquid Fuel System
                                   (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]



8.1.6.3.1            Liquid Fuel Filter

                     Duplex low pressure fuel oil filters remove particles from
                     the fuel before it reaches the main fuel oil pump. Pressure
                     switches monitor the differential across each filter will
                     signal an alarm through the gas turbine control system when
                     transfer or changeout is required.

8.1.6.3.2            Fuel Oil Stop Valve

                     The on-base fuel oil stop valve allows fuel flow when the
                     turbine starts and runs and provides protective fuel
                     isolation when the turbine is shutdown.

8.1.6.3.3            Main Liquid Fuel Pump

                     A single 100% capacity motor-driven main fuel pump supplies
                     high pressure fuel oil for normal start and operation of
                     the gas turbine.

8.1.6.3.4            Bypass Valve

                     The liquid fuel system pumps fuel to the flow divider.
                     Between the pump and the flow divider, a return line back
                     to fuel storage permits some of the pump flow to be
                     subtracted so that all of the pump output does not go to
                     the turbine. An electro-hydraulically controlled valve uses
                     flow subtraction to maintain proper fuel flow to the
                     turbine combustion system.


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.17
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


8.1.6.3.5            Fuel Flow Divider

                     A mechanical fuel flow divider metering system distributes
                     the liquid fuel flow equally to the gas turbine combustion
                     chambers. The fuel flow divider includes magnetic pick-ups
                     which detect the speed of rotation of the flow divider and
                     provide feedback to the control system.

8.1.6.3.6            Fuel Nozzles


                     Fuel nozzles distribute the fuel into the combustion
                     chambers. A selector valve assembly is included for reading
                     individual fuel nozzle pressure at the output of the flow
                     divider.

8.1.6.3.7            Atomizing Air System

                     The atomizing air system is used to atomize the liquid fuel
                     for combustion.

                     The system uses a single air to water U-tube heat exchanger
                     located on the turbine base to cool turbine compressor
                     discharge air for entry into the atomizing air compressor.
                     The air is filtered before it is used to atomize the liquid
                     fuel for combustion.

                     A motor driven atomizing air compressor atomizes the liquid
                     fuel for combustion. A throttling valve is included to
                     reduce the atomizing air compressor outlet pressure for
                     purging liquid fuel nozzles.

                     The atomizing air equipment is mounted on a combined Liquid
                     Fuel/Atomizing Air Skid which includes a gauge/switch
                     panel, piping with flexible fuel nozzle pigtails, and a
                     weatherproof enclosure.

8.1.6.3.8            Piping

                     The liquid fuel system uses stainless steel fuel oil piping
                     with carbon steel flanges.

8.1.6.4              Distillate Fuel Forwarding System

                     The distillate fuel forwarding system is a factory
                     assembled pumping unit. It is a common system used to
                     transfer the distillate fuel oil from the fuel storage
                     tanks to two gas turbines at the proper pressure,
                     temperature and flow rate. The skid, which includes a
                     structural steel base and carbon steel piping, is designed
                     for outdoor operation without an enclosure. Major system
                     components are described below.




                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.18
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


           8.1.6.4.1 Inlet Isolation Valve

                     The inlet isolation valve allows the unit to be isolated
                     and shut down for maintenance.

           8.1.6.4.2 Duplex Strainer

                     The system includes a duplex-type strainer with cleanout
                     drains to remove particles from the fuel before it reaches
                     the fuel pump. A pressure switch which monitors the
                     differential across the strainers will signal an alarm
                     through the gas turbine control system when cleaning is
                     required.

           8.1.6.4.3 AC Motor-Driven Fuel Pumps

                     Dedicated ac motor driven fuel pumps supply the on-base
                     high pressure main fuel oil pump for normal start and
                     operation of each gas turbine. Fuel pump operation
                     continues until the gas turbine is shut down or tripped out
                     at which time system operation is stopped automatically by
                     the gas turbine control system.

           8.1.6.4.4 Backup AC Motor-Driven Fuel Pump

                     A single backup pump is included to provide protection
                     against main fuel pump failure for either turbine. The main
                     and backup pumps are driven by separate ac motors in a
                     lead-lag relationship to balance the number of starts on
                     each. Check valves in the discharge piping of each pump
                     prevent backflow through the non-operating pump.

           8.1.6.4.5 Fuel Heating

                     Fuel heaters and accessories are mounted on a separate
                     heater skid due to the size of the heaters required.

           8.1.6.4.6 Pressure Regulating Valve

                     A pressure regulating valve is used to maintain the fuel
                     pressure at the customer's connection within the limits
                     required for the on-base turbine fuel system.

           8.1.6.4.7 Flowmeter

                     A flowmeter with mechanical readout is installed in the
                     fuel forwarding skid piping to record the amount of fuel
                     being used per turbine.


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.19
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG  (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


          8.1.6.4.8  Pulse Generator

                     Pulse generators are included to provide indication of
                     distillate fuel flow rate at a remote location such as the
                     plant distributed control system (DCS).

          8.1.6.4.9  Solenoid Stop Valve

                     A normally closed, solenoid stop valve is installed at the
                     outlet connection of the forwarding skid. This stop valve
                     operates in conjunction with the on-base fuel oil stop
                     valve to shut off fuel flow when the turbine is shut down.
                     A constant recirculation loop from the downstream side of
                     the pressure regulating valve to the storage tank is
                     provided to prevent deadheading of the pump when the
                     solenoid stop valve is closed.

          8.1.6.4.10 Distillate Fuel Forwarding Skid Enclosure

                     While the fuel forwarding skid is designed for outdoor
                     operation, a weatherproof enclosure is provided to protect
                     against harsh weather conditions in areas subject to very
                     low ambient temperature or heavy rains.

                     The enclosure is made up of steel panels that fit over the
                     entire fuel forwarding skid, including the roof. Equipment
                     can be easily maintained and removed via access doors and
                     removable panels in the enclosure. Convenience lighting,
                     receptacles and air vents with dust shields are also
                     included.

                     A vent fan with thermostat controlled switch is provided to
                     lower the air temperature within the enclosure and to
                     remove combustible vapors.




                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.20
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


            Liquid Fuel Forwarding System Supplying Two Gas Turbines
                               w/ Fuel Oil Heater
                                   (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]



          8.1.7      Lubricating and Hydraulic Systems

                     The lubricating provisions for the turbine and generator
                     are incorporated into a common lubrication system. Oil is
                     taken from this system, pumped to a higher pressure, and
                     used in the hydraulic system for all hydraulic oil control
                     system components. The lubrication system includes oil
                     pumps, coolers, filters, instrumentation and control
                     devices, a mist elimination device and an oil reservoir as
                     shown in the system illustration below. Following the
                     illustration is a brief description of the major system
                     components.



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.21
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>



                                 Lube Oil System
                            MS7001(FA) and MS9001(FA)
                                    (Typical)




                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]




                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.22
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


          8.1.7.1    Pumps

                     The lubrication system relies on several pumps to
                     distribute oil from the oil reservoir to the systems which
                     need lubrication. Similarly, redundant pumps are used to
                     distribute high pressure oil to all hydraulic oil control
                     system components. These and other oil pumps are listed
                     below.

                     o   Lubrication oil pumps
                         --  Dual redundant ac motor-driven main lubrication oil
                             pumps are provided.

                         --  A partial flow, dc motor-driven, emergency
                             lubrication oil centrifugal pump is included as a
                             back up to the main and auxiliary pumps.

                     o   Hydraulic pumps
                         --  Dual redundant ac motor-driven variable
                             displacement hydraulic oil pumps are provided.


                     o   Seal oil pump
                         --  An auxiliary generator seal oil pump driven by
                             piggyback ac/dc motors is provided as backup to
                             distribute seal oil to the generator.

                     o   Oil Pump for pressure lift journal bearings
                         --  Oil for the pressure lift bearings is provided by
                             the hydraulic oil pump.

          8.1.7.2    Coolers

                     The oil is cooled by dual stainless steel plate/frame
                     oil-to-coolant heat exchangers with transfer valve. The
                     coolers have an ASME code stamp.

          8.1.7.3    Filters

                     Dual, full flow filters clean the oil used for lubrication.
                     Each filter includes a differential pressure transmitter to
                     signal an alarm through the gas turbine control system when
                     cleaning is required. A replaceable cartridge is utilized
                     for easy maintenance. Filters have an ASME code stamp.

                     Dual filters clean the oil for the hydraulic system. Each
                     filter includes a differential pressure transmitter to
                     signal an alarm through the gas turbine control system when
                     cleaning is required. A replaceable cartridge is utilized
                     for easy maintenance. Filters have an ASME code stamp.



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.23
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


          8.1.7.4    Mist Elimination

                     Lubrication oil mist particles are entrained in the system
                     vent lines by sealing air returns of the gas turbine
                     lubricating system. In order to remove the particles, a
                     lube vent demister is used as an air-exhaust filtration
                     unit. The demister filters the mist particles and vents the
                     air to the atmosphere while draining any collected oil back
                     to the oil reservoir.

                     The lube vent demister assembly consists of a holding tank
                     with filter elements, motor-driven blowers, and relief
                     valve. One assembly is provided for the vent line from the
                     lubrication oil reservoir.

          8.1.7.5    Oil Reservoir

                     The oil reservoir has a nominal capacity of 6200 gallons
                     (23,470 liters) and is mounted within the accessory module.
                     It is equipped with lubrication oil level switches to
                     indicate full, empty, high level alarm, low level alarm,
                     and low level trip. In addition the following are mounted
                     on the reservoir:

                     o   Oil tank thermocouples

                     o   Oil heaters

                     o   Oil filling filter

                     o   Oil reservoir drains

          8.1.8      Inlet System

          8.1.8.1    General

                     Gas turbine performance and reliability are a function of
                     the quality and cleanliness of the inlet air entering the
                     turbine. Therefore, for most efficient operation, it is
                     necessary to treat the ambient air entering the turbine and
                     filter out contaminants. It is the function of the air
                     inlet system with its specially designed equipment and
                     ducting to modify the quality of the air under various
                     temperature, humidity, and contamination situations and
                     make it more suitable for use. The inlet system consists of
                     the equipment and materials defined in the Scope of Supply
                     chapter of this proposal. The following paragraphs provide
                     a brief description of the major components of the inlet
                     system.


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.24
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


          8.1.8.2    Inlet Filtration

          8.1.8.2.1  Inlet Filter Compartment

                     The self-cleaning inlet filter compartment utilizes high
                     efficiency media filters which are automatically cleaned of
                     accumulated dust, thereby maintaining the inlet pressure
                     drop below a preset upper limit. This design provides
                     single-stage high efficiency filtration for prolonged
                     periods without frequent replacements. Appropriate filter
                     media is provided based on the site specific environmental
                     conditions.

                     Dust-laden ambient air flows at a very low velocity into
                     filter modules which are grouped around a clean-air plenum.
                     The filter elements are pleated to provide an extended
                     surface. The air, after being filtered, passes through
                     venturis to the clean air plenum and into the inlet
                     ductwork.

                     As the outside of the filter elements become laden with
                     dust, increasing differential pressure is sensed by a
                     pressure switch in the plenum. When the setpoint is
                     reached, a cleaning cycle is initiated. The elements are
                     cleaned in a specific order, controlled by an automatic
                     sequencer.

                     The sequencer operates a series of solenoid-operated
                     valves, each of which controls the cleaning of a small
                     number of filters. Each valve releases a brief pulse of
                     high pressure air into a blowpipe which has orifices
                     located just above the filters. This pulse shocks the
                     filters and causes a momentary reverse flow, disturbing the
                     filter cake. Accumulated dust breaks loose, falls, and
                     disperses. The cleaning cycle continues until enough dust
                     is removed for the compartment pressure drop to reach the
                     lower setpoint. The design of the sequencer is such that
                     only a few of the many filter elements are cleaned at the
                     same time. As a consequence, the airflow to the gas turbine
                     is not significantly disturbed by the cleaning process.

                     The filter elements are contained within a fabricated steel
                     enclosure which has been specially designed for proper air
                     flow management and weather protection.

                     Self-cleaning filters require a source of clean air for
                     pulse-cleaning. Compressor discharge air is used as the
                     pulse air source for filter cleaning. It is reduced in
                     pressure, cooled and dried. This air is already clean
                     because it has been filtered by the gas turbine's inlet air
                     filter. When compressor discharge air is used to pulse the
                     filter, cleaning is possible only when the gas turbine is
                     running.


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.25
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

           8.1.8.2.2 Evaporative Cooler

                     The evaporative cooler is used in applications where
                     significant operation occurs in the hot months and where
                     low relative humidities are common. With evaporative
                     cooling, water is added to the inlet air and, as the water
                     evaporates, the air is cooled. The amount of water required
                     for evaporative cooling depends upon the airflow through
                     the turbine, the temperature and humidity of the ambient
                     air, amount of hardness in the water, and the blowdown
                     rate. The exact increase in power available from the gas
                     turbine is dependent upon the site conditions.

                     The cooler consists of a water distribution system and
                     media packed blocks made of corrugated layers of fibrous
                     material. Water is distributed over the blocks through one
                     set of channels and the air passes over alternate channels.
                     The air side is wetted by the wicking action of the media.
                     A drift eliminator is installed downstream of the media
                     blocks. This system minimizes water carryover.

                     The evaporative cooler includes the following:

                     o   PVC piping

                     o   Cast iron pump frames

                     o   Manual conductivity control for blowdown adjustment

                     o   Non-redundant water distribution pump(s)

           8.1.8.2.3 Moisture Separator

                     The single stage moisture separator is used to remove water
                     spray and mist from the incoming air stream. The moisture
                     separator imposes several directional changes to the air
                     flow. These directional changes will cause the water
                     droplets to drop out of the air stream and be drained from
                     the separator.

           8.1.8.3   Inlet System Instrumentation

           8.1.8.3.1 Inlet System Differential Pressure Indicator

                     Standard pressure drop indicator (gauge) displays the
                     pressure differential across the inlet filters in inches of
                     water.


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.26
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


          8.1.8.3.2  Inlet System Differential Pressure Alarm

                     When the pressure differential across the inlet filters
                     reaches a preset value, an alarm is initiated. This alarm
                     may signify a need to change the filter elements.

          8.1.9      Exhaust System

                     The aft and up exhaust system arrangement includes the
                     exhaust diffuser, expansion joint, ducting, silencing and
                     stack. After exiting the last turbine stage, the exhaust
                     gases enter the exhaust diffuser section in which a portion
                     of the dynamic pressure is recovered as the gas expands.
                     The gas then flows axially into the exhaust ducting,
                     through the silencer and stack exiting to atmosphere.

          8.1.10     Gas Turbine Packaging

          8.1.10.1   Enclosures

                     Gas turbine enclosures consist of several connected
                     sections forming an all weather protective housing which
                     may be structurally attached to each compartment base or
                     mounted on an off-base foundation. Enclosures provide
                     thermal insulation, acoustical attenuation, and fire
                     extinguishing media containment. For optimum performance of
                     installed equipment, compartments include the following as
                     needed:

                     o   Ventilation

                     o   Heating

                     o   Cooling

                     In addition, enclosures are designed to allow access to
                     equipment for routine inspections and maintenance.

                     The following illustration of the MS7001(FA) shows the gas
                     turbine-generator as it is packaged in adjoining weather
                     protective enclosures.



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.27
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                        MS7001(FA) Gas Turbine Packaging
                                    (Typical)


                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]



          8.1.10.2   Acoustics

                     Measuring procedures will be in accordance with ASME PTC 36
                     (near field) and/or ANSI B133.8 (far field).

                     For acoustic guarantees, please refer to the Performance
                     Guarantees section of the proposal.

          8.1.10.3   Painting

                     The exteriors of all compartments and other equipment are
                     painted with two coats of alkyd primer prior to shipment.
                     The exterior surfaces of the inlet compartment and inlet
                     and exhaust duct are painted with one coat of inorganic
                     zinc primer.



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.28
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     Interiors of all compartments are painted as well with the
                     turbine compartment interior receiving high-temperature
                     paint. The interior and exterior of the inlet system is
                     painted with zinc rich paint.

          8.1.10.4   Lighting

                     AC lighting on automatic circuit is provided in the
                     accessory compartment. When ac power is not available, a dc
                     battery-operated circuit supplies a lower level of light
                     automatically.

                     Fluorescent lighting is also provided in the PEECC.

          8.1.10.5   Wiring

                     The gas turbine electrical interconnection system includes
                     on-base wiring, terminal boards, junction boxes, etc. as
                     well as compartment interconnecting cables. Junction boxes
                     are selected to meet the environmental requirement of the
                     Customer but are, in general, of steel or cast aluminum
                     construction. Terminal boards within junction boxes are of
                     the heavy duty industrial type selected for the particular
                     environment in which the junction box is located. On-base
                     gas turbine wire termination uses spring tongue crimped
                     type terminals. Generator wire termination are ring type.
                     Control panel wiring is General Electric type SIS Vulkene
                     insulated switchboard wire, AWG #14-41 Strand SI-57275.
                     Ribbon cables are used as appropriate.

                     Standard cable assemblies are supplied for all fixed point
                     locations such as control equipment compartment to the
                     turbine base, generator, excitation compartment, etc.

          8.1.11     Fire Protection System


                     Fixed temperature sensing fire detectors are provided in
                     the gas turbine, accessory and liquid fuel/atomizing air
                     compartments, and #2 bearing tunnel. The detectors provide
                     signals to actuate the low pressure carbon dioxide (CO2)
                     automatic multi-zone fire protection system. Nozzles in
                     these compartments direct the CO2 to the compartments at a
                     concentration sufficient for extinguishing flame. This
                     concentration is maintained by gradual addition of CO2 for
                     an extended period.

                     The fire protection system is capable of achieving a
                     non-combustible atmosphere in less than one minute, which
                     meets the requirements of the United States National Fire
                     Protection Association (NFPA) #12.



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.29
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     The supply system is composed of a low pressure CO2 tank
                     with refrigeration system mounted off base, a manifold and
                     a release mechanism. Initiation of the system will trip the
                     unit, provide an alarm on the annunciator, turn off
                     ventilation fans and close ventilation openings.

          8.1.12     Cleaning Systems

          8.1.12.1   On-Line and Off-Line Compressor Water Wash

                     Compressor water wash is used to remove fouling deposits
                     which accumulate on compressor blades and to restore unit
                     performance. Deposits such as dirt, oil mist, industrial or
                     other atmospheric contaminants from the surrounding site
                     environment, reduce air flow, lower compressor efficiency,
                     and lower compressor pressure ratio, which reduce thermal
                     efficiency and output of the unit. Compressor cleaning
                     removes these deposits to restore performance and slows the
                     progress of corrosion in the process, thereby increasing
                     blade wheel life.

                     On-line cleaning is the process of injecting water into the
                     compressor while running at full speed and some percentage
                     of load. Off-line cleaning is the process of injecting
                     cleaning solution into the compressor while it is being
                     turned at cranking speed. The advantage of on-line cleaning
                     is that washing can be done without having to shut down the
                     machine. On-line washing, however, is not as effective as
                     off-line washing; therefore on-line washing is used to
                     supplement off-line washing, not replace it.

                     The on-base compressor washing features are described and
                     illustrated below.

          8.1.12.1.1 On-Line Manifold and Nozzles

                     The on-line washing components consist of two piping
                     manifolds, spray nozzles (one in the forward bellmouth and
                     one in the aft bellmouth), and an on/off control valve
                     which is also controlled by the turbine control
                     panel. The turbine control system is equipped with software
                     to perform an automatic online wash by simply initiating
                     the wash from the turbine control panel.

          8.1.12.1.2 Off-Line Manifold and Nozzles

                     Off-line washing is a manual operation because of the large
                     number of manual valves on the turbine which need to be
                     manipulated in order to perform an offline wash. During
                     off-line washing, cleaning solution (water and/or
                     detergent) is injected into the compressor while it is
                     being turned at crank speed. The



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.30
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     cleaning solution is sprayed into the compressor inlet,
                     covering the entire circumference. This should continue
                     until the runoff is free of contaminants.


                Water Wash Off and On-Line Manifold and Nozzles
                                   (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]


          8.1.12.1.3 Water Wash Skid

                     The off-base water wash skid is used for injecting cleaning
                     solution into the compressor for off-line cleaning. The
                     skid contains a water pump, a detergent storage tank,
                     piping, and a venturi eductor capable of delivering
                     solution at the proper flow, pressure and mix ratio.

                     In addition, the water wash skid is equipped with the
                     following features:

                     o Water storage tank with freeze protection

                     o Enclosure for outdoor installation

                     Typical water wash skid features are shown in the
                     illustration which follows.





                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.31
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                           Compressor Water Wash Skid
                                   (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]


          8.1.13     Cooling Water System

                     The closed type cooling water system provides pressure
                     regulated and temperature controlled water flow to
                     dissipate heat rejected from the turbine and load equipment
                     including:

                     o Lube oil system

                     o Turbine support legs

                     o Flame detectors

                     o Atomizing air system

                     o Associated MSD skids

                     The system is comprised of on-base accessory module and
                     turbine compartment mounted components and an off-base
                     cooling water module.


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.32
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.13.1             On-Base Components

                     Major components and control devices associated with the
                     accessory module and turbine compartment are as follows:

                     o Water flow regulating valve with capillary temperature
                       sensors (turbine bearing header temperature)

                     o Water flow regulating valve with capillary temperature
                       sensor (atomizing air pre-cooler air discharge
                       temperature)

                     o Turbine support legs and flame detectors (located in the
                       turbine compartment)

                     o Water side interface, i.e., tubes or plates, with lube
                       oil heat exchangers (located in the accessory module)

                     o Atomizing air pre-cooler and purge air cooler (located in
                       turbine compartment)

8.1.13.1.1           Liquid Fuel / Atomizing Air

                     o Water side U-tube interface with atomizing air pre-cooler
                       and purge air cooler

                     o Pressure relief valves

                     o Water flow control valve

8.1.13.1.2           Gas Turbine Base

                     o   Turbine support legs and flame detectors

8.1.13.1.3           Miscellaneous Skids

                     o   LCI cooler (static start system)

                     o   Air processing unit (APU)

8.1.13.1.4           Generator Cooling System

                     o Water side interface, i.e., tubes, with the stator water
                       coolers (TEWAC and/or hydrogen cooled)

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.33
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


8.1.13.2             Cooling Water Module

                     The off-base cooling water module is a packaged industrial
                     type sized to accommodate the total water flow and heat
                     rejection requirements of the gas turbine unit, accessories
                     and load equipment. The water module system operates at a
                     positive pressure resulting from the pumping and the
                     recirculation of the system flow water. The module consists
                     of the following major components and control devices:

                     o Water surge tank with level indicator

                     o Finned tube air-to-water heat exchanger assemblies

                     o Motor-driven cooling fans

                     o Two (2) motor-driven cooling water pumps

                     o "Y" type water strainer

                     o Temperature switch

8.1.13.3             System Operation

                     Cooling water from the surge tank is pumped by the primary
                     cooling water pump to the on-base inlet of the generator
                     hydrogen or water coolers. At the outlet of the coolers,
                     the water continues to the bearing header temperature
                     regulating valve, flame detector bodies, and through
                     control orifices to the turbine support legs. The water
                     supplied to the bearing header temperature regulating valve
                     is then circulated to the inlet of the lube oil heat
                     exchanger(s).

                     Cooling water is also circulated to the purge air cooler
                     and to the inlet of the atomizing air precooler temperature
                     regulating valve. A portion of the flow from the
                     temperature regulating valve is sent to the inlet of the
                     atomizing air precooler and the rest is bypassed to the
                     pre-cooler outlet line.

                     All water exiting from each source is combined into a
                     single return line with the water returned back to a finned
                     tube air-to-water heat exchanger, where it is cooled.
                     Cooling is accomplished by the air flow draft induced by
                     the motor driven cooling fans over the finned tube heat
                     exchanger assemblies.



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.34
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


8.1.14               Starting System

8.1.14.1             Cooldown System

                     The cooldown system provides uniform cooling of the rotor
                     after shutdown. A low speed turning gear with motor is used
                     for the cooldown system.

8.1.14.2             Static Start System

8.1.14.2.1           Operation

                     The static start system uses a Load Commutating Inverter
                     (LCI) adjustable frequency drive as the starting means for
                     the gas turbine. By providing variable frequency power
                     directly to the generator terminals, the generator is used
                     as a synchronous motor to start the gas turbine. The
                     generator will be turning at approximately 6 rpm, via a low
                     speed turning gear, prior to starting. With signals from
                     the turbine control, the LCI will accelerate or decelerate
                     the generator to a self-sustaining speed required for
                     purge, light-off, waterwash etc. Deceleration is a coast
                     down function.

                     The system can accelerate the gas turbine-generator without
                     imposing high inrush currents, thereby avoiding traditional
                     voltage disturbances on the ac station service line.

                     Conventional three phase, 12-pulse bridge circuits are used
                     for the rectifier and inverter and are connected through a
                     dc link inductor. An isolation transformer is required to
                     provide three phase power, impedance for fault protection,
                     and electrical isolation from system disturbances to
                     ground.

                     Starting excitation is provided by the generator excitation
                     system.

8.1.14.2.2           System Protection

                     The customer should provide a high level of fault
                     protection for the major equipment. The protective relaying
                     should include phase overcurrent ground fault and motor
                     protection

                     The drive system protective strategy is to provide a high
                     level of fault protection for the major equipment. The
                     rectifier inverter includes voltage surge protection and
                     full fault suppression capability for internal faults or
                     malfunctions. A drive system monitor and diagnostic fault
                     indications continuously monitor the condition and
                     operation of the LCI.


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.35
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


8.1.14.2.3           Equipment

8.1.14.2.3.1         Low Speed Turning Gear

                     The turning gear assembly is located on the collector end
                     of the generator and is used for slow speed operation
                     (approximately 6 rpm), cooldown and standby turning, and
                     rotor breakaway during startup.

8.1.14.2.3.2         LCI Power Conversion Equipment

                     The LCI power conversion equipment is mounted in a NEMA 1
                     ventilated enclosure and consists of the following:

                     o   12-pulse converter with series redundant thyristor
                         cells to rectify ac line power to controlled voltage dc
                         power.

                     o   Inverter with series redundant cells to convert dc link
                         power to controlled frequency ac power.

                     o   Cooling system using a liquid coolant to transfer heat
                         from heat producing devices, such as SCRs and high
                         wattage resistors, to a remote liquid-liquid heat
                         exchanger. The system is closed-loop with a covered
                         reservoir for makeup coolant. Coolant circulates from
                         the pump discharge to the heat exchanger to the power
                         conversion bridges and returns to the pump. A portion
                         of the coolant bypasses to a deionizer system to
                         maintain coolant resistivity. Redundant pumps are
                         provided.

                     o   LCI control panel containing microprocessor system
                         control logic for firing, drive sequencing, diagnostics
                         and protective functions, acceleration (ramping
                         function), excitation system interface, and
                         input/output signal interfacing.

                         Note: The control panel is located in the LCI enclosure
                         and includes door mounted panel meters and operator
                         devices.

8.1.14.2.3.3         DC Link Reactor

                     The dc link reactor helps smooth the dc current to
                     eliminate coupling between the frequencies of the converter
                     and inverter and provides protection during system faults
                     by limiting the current.

                     The dc link is a dry-type, air core reactor which is
                     convection cooled. It is located in an outdoor protective
                     enclosure and electrically connected between the converter
                     and the inverter.



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.36
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


8.1.14.2.3.4         Isolation Transformer

                     The isolation transformer provides electrical isolation and
                     impedance for system protection against notching and
                     harmonic distortion. The transformer has two secondary
                     windings and is designed for service with a three phase,
                     six pulse power converter connected to each secondary
                     winding. One transformer is provided for each LCI.

                     The transformer is a three winding, oil filled type for
                     outdoor mounting.

8.1.14.2.3.5         Motorized Disconnect Switch

                     A motorized disconnect switch is provided to disconnect the
                     static start system during normal generator operation. The
                     disconnect switch is electrically connected between the LCI
                     and the feed for the generator stator.

8.2 Generator

           8.2.1               Electrical Rating

                               The generator is designed to operate within Class
                               "B" temperature rise limits, per ANSI standards,
                               throughout the allowable operating range. The
                               insulation systems utilized throughout the
                               machine are proven Class "F" materials.

                               The generator is designed to exceed the gas
                               turbine capability at all ambient conditions
                               between 0 and 120(degree)F.

           8.2.2               Packaging

                               The 7FH2 generator is designed for compactness
                               and ease of service and maintenance. Location
                               permitting, the unit ships with the rotor, gas
                               shields and end shields factory assembled. The
                               high voltage bushings, bearings, oil deflectors,
                               hydrogen seals, and coolers are also factory
                               assembled. The collector cab ships separately for
                               assembly to the generator at the customer's site.
                               Clearances of the bearings, rub rings, fans,
                               hydrogen seals and deflectors are factory fitted
                               and only require a minimum amount of field
                               inspection of these components.



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.37
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     All generator wiring, including winding and gas RTDs,
                     bearing metal and drain TCs, and vibration detection
                     systems are terminated on the main unit with level
                     separation provided.

                     Prior to full assembly, the generator stator receives a
                     pressure test at 150% of operating pressure followed by a
                     leakage test at 100% of operating pressure.

                     Feed piping between the bearings are stainless steel and
                     mounted on the units in the factory to a common header. All
                     connections to the end shields are assembled. All assembled
                     piping is welded without backing rings and a first pass TIG
                     weld. A full oil flush is performed prior to shipping.

                     Some amount of field assembly is required but should be
                     limited to the following:

                     o   Factory fitted bearing drain piping and bearing drain
                         enlargement (BDE)

                         -- Matched, marked, and shipped separate

                         -- Loop seal between BDE and drain tank are stainless
                            steel and ship loose

                     o Water manifolds are factory fitted and shipped separate

                     o Collector compartment:

                         --  Collector end housing and brush rigging are shipped
                             as part of the collector compartment and require
                             some assembly and alignment
                         --  Interconnecting piping from cab to generator
                         --  Interconnecting wiring from cab to generator


8.2.3                Frame Fabrication

                     The frame is a stiff structure, constructed to be a
                     hydrogen vessel and to be able to withstand in excess of
                     200PSI. It is a hard frame design with its four-nodal
                     frequency significantly above l20Hz. The ventilation system
                     is completely self contained, including the gas coolers
                     within the structure. The gastight structure is constructed
                     of welded steel plate, reinforced internally by radial web
                     plates and axially by heavy wall pipes, bars and axial
                     braces.

                     A series of floating support rings and core rings are
                     welded to keybars which in turn support the core, allowing
                     the entire core to be spring mounted at twenty locations.
                     This arrangement isolates the core vibration, resulting
                     from the radial and tangential magnetic forces of the
                     rotor, by damping the amplitude and reducing the
                     transmissibility by 20:1 Excessive movement of the core, as
                     may result from out of phase synchronization, is limited by
                     the use



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.38
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     of stop collars at certain circumferential locations around
                     the frame. The clearance is designed to allow the spring
                     action of the bar to be unrestricted during normal
                     operation but to transmit the load of excessive movement
                     through the structure prior to yielding of any of the
                     components. This entire arrangement is in keeping with long
                     standard practices and experience with similar frame
                     designs which have proven to be very effective and
                     reliable.

                     The stator frame is supported on four welded-on feet
                     attached at the lower portion of the fabrication. All the
                     weight of the unit and the operating loads are carried
                     through the structure by the web plates and the wrapper to
                     the feet. The machined portion of the feet are located 85"
                     below the centerline of the unit.

8.2.4                Core

                     The core is laminated from grain oriented silicon steel to
                     provide maximum flux density with minimum losses, thereby
                     providing a compact electrical design. The laminations are
                     coated on both sides to ensure electrical insulation and
                     reduce the possibility of localized heating resulting from
                     circulation currents.

                     The overall core is designed to have a natural frequency in
                     excess of 170 hertz, well above the critical two-per-rev
                     electromagnetic stimulus from the rotor. The axial length
                     of the core is made up of many individual segments
                     separated by radial ventilation ducts. The ducts at the
                     core ends are made of stainless steel to reduce heating
                     from end fringing flux. The flanges are made of cast iron
                     to minimize losses. To ensure compactness, the unit
                     receives periodic pressing during stacking and a final
                     press in excess of 700 tons after stacking.


8.2.5                Rotor

                     The rotor is machined from a single high alloy steel
                     forging. The two pole design has 24 axial slots machined
                     radially in the main body of the shaft. The axial vent
                     slots machined directly into the main coil slot are
                     narrower then the main slots and provide the direct radial
                     cooling of the field copper.

                     The two retaining rings are of the body mounted design. The
                     rings are made of 18 Mn - 18 Cr forged material which
                     offers excellent protection against stress corrosion
                     cracking.

                     The coil wedges are segmented stainless steel. Radial holes
                     are drilled in the wedges for ventilation passages.




                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.39
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     A shrunk-on coupling is assembled after the collector rings
                     are on, and provides the interface point to the
                     flex-coupling connection to the turning gear. This
                     arrangement is used with a static start system.

8.2.6                Field Assembly

                     The field consists of several coils per pole with turns
                     made from high conductivity copper. Each turn has slots
                     punched in the slot portion of the winding to provide
                     direct cooling of the field.


                              Stator Slot Section
                                    (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]


The slot armor used in the slots is a Class ""F"" rigid epoxy glass design. An
insulated cover is positioned on the bottom of each slot armor and on top of the
subslot vent. The cover will provide the required creepage between the lower
turn and the shaft. Epoxy glass insulation strips are used between each coil
turn. A pre-molded glass retaining ring insulation is utilized over the end
windings and a partial amortisseur is assembled under the rings to form a low
resistance circuit for eddy currents to flow. The rotor is designed to
accommodate static start hardware utilizing slot amortisseurs.


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.40
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>



                     The collector assembly incorporates all the features of GE
                     proven generator packages with slip on insulation over the
                     shaft and under the rings. The collector rings use a radial
                     stud design to provide electrical contact between the rings
                     and the field leads. The rings are designed to handle the
                     excitation requirements of the design (approximately 2200
                     amps on cold day operation and 1900 amps at rated
                     conditions).

                     The entire rotor assembly, weighing 74,000 pounds is
                     balanced up to 20% over operating speed.


8.2.7                End Shield/Bearing

                     The unit is equipped with end shields on each end designed
                     to support the rotor bearings, to prevent gas from
                     escaping, and to be able to withstand a hydrogen explosion
                     in the unlikely event of such a mishap. In order to provide
                     the required strength and stiffness, the end shield is
                     constructed from steel plate and is reinforced. The split
                     at the horizontal joint allows for ease of assembly and
                     removal.

                     The horizontal joints, as well as the vertical face which
                     bolts to the end structure, are machined to provide a gas
                     tight joint. Sealing grooves are machined into these
                     joints. These steps are taken to prevent gas leakage
                     between all the structural components for pressures up to
                     45 psig.

                     The center section of the end shields contain the bearings,
                     oil deflectors and hydrogen seals. The lower halves of the
                     bearings are equipped with dual element thermocouples. The
                     leads are connected through a quick disconnect through the
                     end shield to allow ease of bearing removal.

                     Vertically split inner and outer oil deflectors are bolted
                     into the end shield and provide sealing of the oil along
                     the shaft. The deflectors are either fabricated or cast
                     aluminum. All faces of the deflectors have "O" ring grooves
                     to provide additional protection from oil leaks. All
                     annular areas formed between the set of teeth are designed
                     to provide minimum pressure drops and have oil gutters
                     machined in to prevent oil from backdripping on the shaft.

                     The hydrogen seal casing and seals, which prevent hydrogen
                     gas from escaping along the shaft, utilize steel babbitted
                     rings. Pressurized oil for the seals is supplied from the
                     main oil system header to the seal oil control unit, where
                     it is regulated. The seal oil control unit is factory
                     assembled packaged system and is located in the collector
                     end compartment and includes the following components:



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.41
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     o   Differential pressure regulator valve with bypass

                     o   Differential pressure gage (seal oil pressure vs.
                         casing gas pressure) and two differential pressure
                         switches: one for alarm and one for actuating the dc
                         emergency seal oil pump

                     o   Shut-off and isolation valves for operation and
                         maintenance

                     The collector end bearing and hydrogen seals are insulated
                     from the rotor to prevent direct electrical contact between
                     the rotor and the end shield. Both end shields have
                     proximity type vibration probes. These are located axially
                     at the bearing. Mounting for velocity type vibration
                     sensors is also provided on the surface of the bearing
                     caps.

                     All exiting wiring from the temperature indication devices
                     and the insulating test leads are brought out of the unit
                     through gas tight conex type seals to prevent any chance of
                     a hydrogen leak.

             8.2.8   Winding

                     The armature winding is a three phase, two circuit design
                     consisting of "Class F" insulated bars. The stator bar
                     stator ground insulation is protected with a
                     semi-conducting armor in the slot and GE's well proven
                     voltage grading system on the end arms.

                     The ends of the bars are pre-cut and solidified prior to
                     insulation to allow strap brazing connections on each end
                     after the bars are assembled. An epoxy resin filled
                     insulation cap is used to insulate the end turn
                     connections.

                     The bars are secured in the slot with side ripple springs
                     (SRS) to provide circumferential force and with a top
                     ripple spring (TRS) for additional mechanical restraint in
                     the radial direction. The end winding support structure
                     consists of glass binding bands, radial rings, and the
                     conformable resin-impregnated felt pads and glass roving to
                     provide the rigid structure required for system electrical
                     transients.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.42
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                          Stator End Winding Structure
                                    (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]



             8.2.9   Lead Connections

                     All the lead connection rings terminate at the top of the
                     excitation end of the unit and the six high voltage
                     bushings (HVBs) exit at the top of the frame.

                     Each of the circuits are connected to the high voltage
                     bushings (HVBs.) The bushings, which provide a compact
                     design for factory assembly and shipment, are positioned in
                     the top of the frame and are offset to allow proper
                     clearances to be maintained. This configuration also allows
                     connections to the leads to be staggered and provides ease
                     of bolting and insulation.

                     The bushings are made up of a porcelain insulators
                     containing silver plated copper conductors which form a
                     hydrogen tight seal. The bushings are assembled to
                     non-magnetic terminal plates to minimize losses. Copper bus
                     is assembled to the bushings within an enclosure. Customer
                     connections are made beyond the terminal enclosure and the
                     specific mating arrangements are provided within the
                     enclosure, not inside the generator.



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.43
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            8.2.10   Lubrication System

                     Lubrication for the generator bearings is supplied from the
                     turbine lubrication system. Generator bearing oil feed and
                     drain interconnecting lines are provided, and have a
                     flanged connection at the turbine end of the generator
                     package for connection to the turbine package.

            8.2.11   Hydrogen Cooling System

                     The generator is cooled by a recirculating hydrogen gas
                     stream cooled by gas-to-water heat exchangers. Cold gas is
                     forced by the generator fans into the gas gap, and also
                     around the stator core. The stator is divided axially into
                     sections by the web plates and outer wrapper so that in the
                     center section cold gas is forced from the outside of the
                     core toward the gap through the radial gas ducts, and in
                     the end section it passes from the gas gap toward the
                     outside of the core through the radial ducts. This
                     arrangement results in substantially uniform cooling of the
                     windings and core.

                     The rotor is cooled externally by the gas flowing along the
                     gap over the rotor surface, and internally by the gas which
                     passes over the rotor and windings, through the rotor
                     ventilating slots, and radially outward to the gap through
                     holes in the ventilating slot wedges.

                     After the gas has passed through the generator, it is
                     directed to five horizontally mounted gas-to-water heat
                     exchangers. After the heat is removed, cold gas is returned
                     to the rotor fans and recirculated.

            8.2.12   Hydrogen Control Panel

                     To maintain hydrogen purity in the generator casing at
                     approximately 98 percent, a small quantity of hydrogen is
                     continuously scavenged from the seal drain enlargements and
                     discharged to atmosphere. The function of the hydrogen
                     control panel is to control the rate of scavenging and to
                     analyze the purity of the hydrogen gas. The panel is
                     divided into two compartments, the gas compartment and the
                     electrical compartment, which are separated by a gas-tight
                     partition.

            8.2.12.1 Control Panel Functions

                     The GE hydrogen control panel is designed for use on
                     hydrogen cooled generators with scavenging systems. The
                     panel functions are described below:

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.44
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   The hydrogen control panel allows manual control of the
                         continuous scavenging rate, both turbine end and
                         collector end, via metering valves.

                     o   Hydrogen from the generator turbine end and generator
                         collector end is continuously monitored for purity. At
                         predetermined time intervals, the purity of the
                         generator core gas is also checked. Two independent,
                         switchable, triple range hydrogen purity analyzers are
                         used, thus providing total redundancy, for two out of
                         two voting. Each display and control panel will include
                         three digital displays providing real time readout of
                         gas purity, gas temperature and the status of the
                         analyzers operating parameters. All information is
                         provided to the station DCS via contact inputs and 4-20
                         milliamp analog signals.

                     o   In the event that one of the analyzers detect a drop in
                         purity, a confirmation by the other gas analyzer is
                         performed. Time for the measurement, which requires
                         reconfiguration of the valves, as well as the handling
                         of possible disagreements in measurement results, is
                         also negotiated between the analyzers.

                     o   In the event that either analyzer indicates a low
                         purity alarm, the rate of scavenging is increased
                         automatically and an alarm is annunciated.

                     o   All components used in the hydrogen control panel are
                         specifically designed and / or third party approved for
                         use in an Class I, Division I, Group B environment.

            8.2.12.2 Control Panel Devices

          8.2.12.2.1 Differential Pressure Gas Transmitter

                     The differential pressure gas transmitter measures the
                     generator fan differential gas pressure. It provides a 4-20
                     mA DC signal proportional to differential gas pressure and
                     includes a 316L stainless steel diaphragm all housed in a
                     Factory Mutual approved explosion proof enclosure.

          8.2.12.2.2 Differential Gas Pressure Gage

                     The differential gas pressure gage provides local
                     indication of the generator fan differential gas pressure.
                     The gage is flush mounted, waterproof, dual range and
                     stainless steel movements.


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.45
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          8.2.12.2.3 Gas Pressure Transmitter

                     The gas pressure transmitter measures the generator core
                     gas pressure or machine gas pressure as it is sometimes
                     called. It provides a 4-20 mA DC signal proportional to gas
                     pressure and includes a 316L stainless steel diaphragm all
                     housed in a Factory Mutual approved explosion proof
                     enclosure.

          8.2.12.2.4 Gas Pressure Gage

                     The gas pressure gage provides local indication of the
                     generator core gas pressure. The gage is flush mounted,
                     water proof, dual range and stainless steel movements.

          8.2.12.2.5 Total Gas Flowmeter

                     The total gas flowmeter provides local indication of the
                     total flow of scavenged gas. The flowmeter is a flush
                     mounted, in line, direct read flowmeter with stainless
                     steel body.

          8.2.12.2.6 Gas Analyzer Flowmeters (2)

                     Gas analyzer flowmeters provide local indication and
                     control of the gas flow through each of the gas analyzers.
                     Each flowmeter is a flush mounted, in line, direct read
                     flowmeter with stainless steel body.

          8.2.12.2.7 Gas Purifiers (3)

                     Gas purifiers remove oil, water and foreign particles from
                     each of the gas sampling lines (turbine end, collector end
                     and core gas).

          8.2.12.2.8 Moisture Indicators (3)

                     Moisture indicators provide local indication relating to
                     the operating condition of the gas purifiers in each of the
                     gas sampling lines (turbine end, collector end and core
                     gas).

          8.2.12.2.9 Control Cabinet

                     The standard cabinet is NEMA 1 rated and mounted in the
                     collector compartment.


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.46
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


         8.2.12.2.10 Solenoid Valves

                     All solenoid valves have stainless steel bodies with class
                     H temperature rated coils. The solenoids are also third
                     party approved for use in a Class 1, Division 1, Group B
                     environment.

         8.2.12.2.11 Gas Analyzers

                     The gas purity analyzer utilizes the principle of fixed
                     geometry diffused flow thermal conductivity to measure the
                     purity of a known component of a binary gas mixture.
                     Digital acquisition at the sensor level by precision
                     components, rather than the previous Wheatstone bridge
                     arrangement, increases measurement accuracy. A novel aspect
                     of the analyzer is its ability to operate in a redundant
                     configuration; the two, identical, microcontroller based
                     subsystems which comprise the analyzer are interconnected
                     by a communications channel to enable the analyzer to
                     confirm an alarm condition, (i.e. two out of two voting).
                     This communications channel also allows the analyzer to
                     negotiate and report possible malfunctions in the
                     measurement system.

         8.2.12.3    Fault Detection and Reporting

                     Each subsystem within the analyzer is self-supervising and
                     continuously checks itself for acceptable processor
                     functioning, internal voltages, analog to digital
                     conversion accuracy, integrity of cabling and relay
                     operation. Any faults are immediately annunciated at the
                     cabinet and a contact signal indicating analyzer trouble is
                     opened. A faults log, which maintains a date/time stamp of
                     detected failures can be viewed at any time. The analyzer
                     can also execute detailed self-diagnostics.

         8.2.13      Hydrogen Control Manifold

                     Hydrogen is admitted to the generator casing through the
                     use of the hydrogen gas manifold. The following
                     instrumentation is provided and is located in the collector
                     compartment:

                     o   Generator gas pressure gage

                     o   High and low generator gas pressure switches


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.47
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

              8.2.14 Carbon Dioxide Control Manifold

                     A carbon dioxide system is used for purging the generator
                     casing of air before admitting hydrogen, and also to purge
                     hydrogen before admitting air. The following
                     instrumentation is provided:

                     o   Purging control valve assembly

                     o   Relief valve

              8.2.15 Detraining System

                     The air-side seal oil and the generator bearing oil drain
                     to a bearing drain enlargement mounted under the generator
                     casing. This bearing drain enlargement is a detraining
                     chamber and provides a large surface area for detraining
                     the oil before it is returned to the main oil tank.

                     Two seal drain enlargements are provided for removing
                     entrained hydrogen from the oil which drains from the
                     hydrogen-side seal rings. They are drained through a common
                     line to a float trap which then drains to the bearing drain
                     enlargement for further detraining. A high liquid level
                     alarm switch is provided to detect abnormal oil level in
                     the seal drain enlargement.

                     Piping is factory fitted and the system is well-proven to
                     assure that no hydrogen can enter into the oil system.

              8.2.16 Generator Collector Compartment

                     An exciter-end, enclosure is provided with the generator.
                     It will contain the following assemblies:

                     o   Hydrogen control panel

                     o   Seal oil control unit, regulator and flowmeter

                     o   Seal oil drain system, float trap and liquid level
                         detector

                     o   H2 and CO2 feed and purge system, valves and gauges

                     o   Switch and gauge, block and porting system

                     o   Collector housing and brush rigging assembly

                     o   Collector filters and silencers


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.48
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Level-separated electrical junction boxes

                     o   Turning gear

                     The above items are packaged in the  enclosure.  The
                     completed enclosure is assembled to the generator at the
                     customer site. The enclosure has been designed to simplify
                     interconnecting wiring and piping between the enclosure and
                     the generator.

                     The enclosure is designed with a removable end wall section
                     and roof to allow ease of rotor removal without moving the
                     housing. Position of all the above hardware is spaced to
                     allow easy access for maintenance and to prevent any
                     unnecessary disassembly during rotor removal. Two doors are
                     provided on the end wall to allow access from either side.
                     Safety latches are provided on the inside of the doors to
                     provide easy exit from the enclosure. AC lighting is
                     standard.

              8.2.17 Generator Terminal Enclosure

                     The Generator Terminal Enclosure (GTE) is a reach-in
                     weather-protected enclosure made of steel and/or aluminum
                     and is located on the generator. The GTE is convection
                     cooled through ventilation louvers to the outside of the
                     enclosure. The louvers are designed to inhibit debris from
                     entering into the compartment.

                     The GTE houses the following major electric components:

                     o   Neutral current transformers (CTs)
                     o   Line CTs
                     o   Lightning arresters
                     o   Neutral grounding transformer with secondary resistor
                     o   Fixed voltage transformers (VT)
                     o   89SS LCI disconnect switch
                     o   Motor operated neutral disconnect switch

              8.2.17.1 Interface Points

                     The primary interface points to the GTE are:


                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.49
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     o   The line bus exits the GTE on the right side as viewed
                         from the collector end of the generator

                     o   The orientation of the line bus is right-center-left as
                         viewed from the side of the GTE from which the bus
                         exits

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.3           Gas Turbine-Generator Controls and Electric Auxiliaries

              8.3.1  Packaged Electronic and Electrical Control Compartment
                     (PEECC)

                     The PEECC is a completely enclosed compartment suitable for
                     outdoor installation. Heating, air conditioning,
                     compartment lighting, power outlets, temperature alarms,
                     and smoke detectors are provided for convenience and
                     protection of the equipment in the PEECC.

                     Electrical monitoring and control of the unit are
                     accomplished by the turbine control panel and the generator
                     control panel, which are mounted on a common skid and
                     located in the PEECC. The customer control local interface
                     is also located in the PEECC. In addition to the
                     control systems, the PEECC also houses the gas turbine
                     motor control centers and batteries, rack and charger (s).
                     The arrangement of the equipment is shown in the typical
                     compartment layout below.





                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.50
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


         Packaged Electronic and Electrical Control Compartment (PEECC)
                                   (Typical)


                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]



              8.3.2  SPEEDTRONIC(TM) Mark VI Control System

                     The gas turbine control system, is a state-of-the-art
                     Triple Modular Redundant (TMR), microprocessor based
                     control system. The core of this system is the three
                     separate but identical control modules /R/, /S/, and /T/.
                     Each controller contains its own power supply, processor,
                     communications, and I/O for all of the critical control,
                     protection and sequencing of the gas turbine. Some backup
                     protection devices interface with the /P/ protection module
                     which consists of triple redundant sections labeled /X/,
                     /Y/, and /Z/. These sections provide independent backup
                     protection for certain critical functions such as emergency
                     overspeed protection and the phase-slip windows for synch
                     check protection


----------
(TM) A trademark of the General Electric Company



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.51
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     The three control modules, /R/, /S/, and /T/ acquire data
                     from triple-redundant sensors as well as from dual or
                     single sensors. All critical sensors for control loops and
                     trip protection are triple redundant. A major factor in the
                     high reliability achieved by TMR control systems is due in
                     considerable measure to the use of triple redundant sensors
                     for all critical parameters.

             8.3.2.1 Electronics

                     All of the micro-processor based electronics have a modular
                     design for ease of maintenance. Each control module
                     consists of a 21 slot VME type card rack with a processor
                     card, communication card, and I/O

                     cards. The I/O cards are connected to individual
                     termination boards by computer type cables with 37 pin "D"
                     type connectors. The termination boards have pluggable,
                     barrier type termination blocks. Cards and termination
                     boards can be arranged in various combinations and added in
                     the field for future expansion. Ethernet based local area
                     networks (LANs) are used to communicate between the control
                     modules, the backup protection module, any expansion
                     modules, and the operator interface. A real-time,
                     multi-tasking operating system is provided with floating
                     point data.



                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.52
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

                   SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI Control Configuration

                                   (Typical)











                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.53
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

           8.3.2.2   Shared Voting

                     An important part of the fault tolerant control
                     architecture is the method of reliably "voting" the inputs
                     and outputs without any single point failures. Each control
                     module reads its inputs and exchanges the data with the
                     other two control modules every time the application
                     software is executed - 40ms.

                     The voted value of each contact input and the median value
                     of each analog input is calculated within each control
                     module and then used as the resultant control parameter for
                     the application software. Diagnostic algorithms monitor
                     these inputs and initiate a diagnostic alarm if any
                     discrepancies are found between the three sets of inputs.
                     In addition, a 1ms time stamp is assigned to each contact
                     input to provide a built-in Sequence Of Events (SOE)
                     monitor.

                     Redundant contact inputs for trip functions are connected
                     to three separate termination points and then individually
                     voted. This enables the control system to survive multiple
                     failures of contact or analog inputs without causing an
                     erroneous trip command as long as the failures are not from
                     the same circuit.

                     An equally important part of the fault tolerance is the
                     hardware voting of analog and contact outputs. Three coil
                     servos on the valve actuators are separately driven from
                     each control module, and the position feedback is provided
                     with redundant LVDTs. Contact outputs to the hydraulic trip
                     solenoids are voted with three magnetic relays on each side
                     of the floating 125Vdc feeder to the solenoids.

            8.3.2.3  PC Based Operator Interface

                     The operator interface consists of a PC with a GE Fanuc
                     CIMPLICITYR graphics display system and a MicrosoftTM
                     Windows NTTM operating system. A color monitor, keyboard
                     and color printer are included. Client/server capability is
                     inherent with Windows NTTM and redundant server
                     configurations are supported

                     Remote access to the Human Machine Interface (HMI) is
                     provided for monitoring and/or control.

            8.3.2.4  Direct Sensor Interface

                     The input/output (I/O) is designed for direct interface to
                     turbine and generator devices such as vibration sensors,
                     flame sensors, LVDTs, magnetic speed pickups,
                     thermocouples, and RTDs. Direct monitoring of these sensors



                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.54
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     eliminates the need for interposing instrumentation with
                     its associated single point failures, reduces long term
                     maintenance, and enables the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI
                     diagnostics to directly monitor the health of the sensors
                     on the machinery. This data is then available to local
                     operator/maintenance stations.




                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.55
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

                     SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI Protective System
                                    (Typical)





                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.56
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Contact inputs are powered from the 125Vdc battery bus
                         through the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI termination boards.
                         Each contact input is optically isolated and has a 1 ms
                         time stamp for SOE monitoring.

                     o   Contact outputs are from plug-in, magnetic relays with
                         dry form "C" contact outputs. The control provides a
                         floating 125Vdc source and suppression to each solenoid
                         with a 3.2A slow-blow fuse on each side of the 125Vdc
                         feeder.

                     o   Analog I/O can be configured for 4-20ma, 0-1ma,
                         +/-5Vdc, +/-10Vdc inputs and 4-10ma or 0-200ma outputs.

                     o   Thermocouple inputs can be grounded or ungrounded, and
                         software linearization can be used to select type E,
                         J, K (standard), or T thermocouples on each point.

                     o   RTD inputs can be grounded or ungrounded, and software
                         linearization can be used to select 10 ohm copper, 100
                         ohm platinum (standard), or 120 ohm nickel RTDs on each
                         point.

                     o   Flame inputs are normally the Reuter Strokes type or
                         UV scanners.

                     o   Servo valve interface: each of the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI
                         controllers directly drives one of three coils on a
                         servo valve actuator. Redundant LVTDs are monitored by
                         the control for regulation of the servo loop in
                         software.

                     o   Seismic (velocity) vibration inputs are monitored
                         directly by the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI for trip protection
                         of the turbine and generator. The system provides
                         buffered outputs to BNC connectors to facilitate
                         plug-in analysis instrumentation.

                     o   A Bently Nevada Data Manager 2000 is also provided.

            8.3.2.5  Built-in Diagnostics

                     The SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI control system has extensive
                     built-in diagnostics and includes "power-up", background,
                     and manually initiated diagnostic routines capable of
                     identifying both control panel, sensor, and output device
                     faults. These faults are identified down to the board level
                     for the panel, and to the circuit level for the sensors and
                     actuators.



                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.57
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


            8.3.2.6  Generator and Static Starter Interface

            8.3.2.7  Synchronizing Control and Monitoring

                     A pair of single phase PTs are monitored by the control
                     modules which match the turbine speed to the line frequency
                     and match the generator and line voltages via the LAN to
                     the generator excitation system. A command is issued to
                     close the breaker based on a calculated breaker closure
                     time. Diagnostics monitor the actual breaker closure time
                     and self-correct each time the breaker closes. The single
                     phase PTs are paralleled to the triple redundant protection
                     module for the backup synch check protection. The synch
                     check protection is used to backup the automatic
                     synchronizing and the manual synchronizing which is
                     implemented from a synchroscope display on an operator
                     station. Three phase PT inputs from the generator and line,
                     and single phase CT inputs are normally monitored by the
                     generator excitation control and transmitted to the turbine
                     control on the network

            8.3.2.8  Control System Overview

                     The control system consists of several networks. IONET is
                     an Ethernet based network for communication between the
                     three control modules, the three sections of the protection
                     module and any expansion modules. IONET uses Asynchronous
                     Drives Language (ADL) to "pole" the modules for data
                     instead of using the typical "collision detection"
                     techniques used in Ethernet LANs.

                     Genius BusTM can be used to communicate between the
                     SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI processor card and the GeniusTM family
                     of remote I/O instrumentation. The Genius bus is a LAN
                     consisting of a shielded, twisted-pair wire, daisy-chained
                     from block to block and terminated at both ends. A maximum
                     of 32 devices can be supported on the bus at 153.6Kbaud
                     (extended) which is recommended for most applications since
                     it provides improved noise immunity with little effect on
                     the bus scan time. The bus is a token passing network with
                     a typical bus scan time between 20 and 30ms.

                     The Unit Data Highway (UDH) is an Ethernet based network
                     which provides peer-to-peer communications between the
                     turbine and generator controls. This network uses Ethernet
                     Global Data (EGD) which is a message based protocol with
                     support for sharing information with multiple nodes based
                     on the UDP/IP standard. Data can be transmitted unicast,
                     multicast, or broadcast to peer control systems on the
                     network. Data (4K) can be shared between up to 10 nodes at
                     25Hz, and global time synchronization and time stamped data
                     is supported.



                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.58
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                      Turbine Generators and Static Starter
                                     Typical

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

                     Redundant servers (CIMPLICITY/Windows NT) isolate the unit
                     data highway from the Plant Data Highway. These servers and
                     clients can be used as local or remote operator and/or
                     maintenance stations and configured in a variety of
                     arrangements. The primary server can be provided with a
                     time synchronization interface to a Global Time Source
                     (GTS) which is typically implemented with IRIG-B. A backup
                     time master can be provided in a backup server. Network
                     Time Protocol (NTP) is used for internal time
                     synchronization with a +/-1ms time coherence.

                     The Plant Data Highway is used to communicate data to the
                     plant distributed control system or other third party
                     platforms. A variety of protocols are supported including
                     RS232 Modbus RTU master/slave, Ethernet TCP-IP Modbus
                     slave, and Ethernet TCP-IP with GSM (GEDS Standard
                     Messages).

                     The GSM Protocol provides:

                     o    Administration messages

                     o    Spontaneous event driven messages with local time tags

                     o    Periodic group data messages at periodic rates down to
                          1 second

                     o    Common request messages




                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.59
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            8.3.2.9  Scope of Control

                     The SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI control system provides complete
                     monitoring, control, and protection for gas
                     turbine-generator and auxiliary systems. The scope of
                     control is divided into three sections: control, sequencing
                     and protection.

                     o   Control

                         -   Start-up
                         -   Speed/load setpoint and governor
                         -   Temperature control
                         -   Guide vane control
                         -   Fuel control
                         -   Generator excitation setpoints
                         -   Synchronizing control (speed/voltage matching)
                         -   Emissions control

                     o   Sequencing

                         -   GT auxiliary systems (MSS starters)
                         -   Start-up, running, and shutdown
                         -   Purge and ignition
                         -   Fuel changeover
                         -   Alarm management
                         -   Synchronizing
                         -   Turning gear
                         -   Static start
                         -   H2 sequencing
                         -   Maintain starts, trips, and hours counters
                         -   Event counters
                             - Manually initiated starts
                             - Fired starts
                             - Fast load starts
                             - Emergency trips
                             - Time meters
                             - Fired time

                     o   Protection

                         -   Overspeed, redundant electronics


                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.60
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         - Overtemperature (including generator)
                         - Vibration
                         - Loss of flame
                         - Combustion monitor
                         - Redundant sensor CO2 fire protection
                         - Low lube oil pressure, high lube oil temperature,
                            etc.

          8.3.2.10   Gas Turbine Plant Operating Modes

          8.3.2.10.1 Starting/Loading

                     All starting is done automatically, with the operator given
                     the opportunity to hold the start-up sequence at either the
                     crank (pre-ignition) or fire (post-ignition,
                     pre-accelerate) points of the start-up. An "Auto" mode
                     selection results in a start without any holds.

                     Either before issuing a start command, or during the start,
                     the operator may make the following selections:

                     1.  Select or disable the automatic synchronization
                         capability of the turbine control. The auto
                         synchronizing system provides extremely accurate and
                         repeatable breaker closures based on phase angle, slip,
                         the rate of change of slip and the response time of the
                         breaker which is in the system memory.

                     2.  Select preselected load or base load. If a selection is
                         made the unit will automatically load to the selected
                         point and control there. If no selection is made the
                         unit will load to a low load referred to as "Spinning
                         Reserve" automatically upon synchronization; be it
                         automatic or manual. The turbine governor is
                         automatically regulated to maintain the megawatt
                         setting assigned to "Spinning Reserve".

          8.3.2.10.2 Operating

                     Once the unit is on line, it may be controlled either
                     manually or automatically from the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI
                     operator interface. Manual control is provided by the
                     governor raise/lower control displayed on the operator
                     interface screen. Automatic operating is switched on when
                     the operator selects a load point from the turbine control
                     interface. The control is capable of either droop or
                     isochronous governing.

                     For a fully automatic start with automatic loading to base
                     load, the operator selects "Auto" operating mode, enables
                     auto synchronization and selects


                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.61
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     "Base" load. Given a "Start" signal, the unit will then
                     start, synchronize, and load to base load with no further
                     input on the part of the operator.

          8.3.2.10.3 Shutdown

                     On shutdown, the system will automatically unload and
                     return to turning gear operation. The unit will stay on
                     turning gear until an operator turns it off. (Note: the
                     operator must insure the unit is sufficiently cool before
                     shutting off turning gear to avoid temporary rotor bow due
                     to heat.)

          8.3.2.11   Operating System and Application Software

                     The SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI control is a fully programmable
                     control system. Application software is created from
                     in-house software automation tools which select proven GE
                     control and protection algorithms and integrate them with
                     the I/O, sequencing, and displays for each application.
                     Floating point data (IEEE-854) can be run at frame rates
                     down to 10ms. Changes to the application software can be
                     made with password protection and downloaded to the control
                     module while the turbine is running. All application
                     software is stored in the control module in non-volatile
                     (flash) memory. Application software is executed
                     sequentially and represented in a ladder diagram format. A
                     library of software building blocks allows maintenance
                     personnel to add or change analog loops, sequencing logic,
                     etc. Math blocks are also available. Application software
                     documentation is created directly from the source code, and
                     it can be printed at the site. This includes the primary
                     elementary diagram, I/O assignments, the settings of tuning
                     constants, etc.

          8.3.2.12   Human Machine Interface (HMI)

                     The Human Machine Interface is a single powerful, flexible
                     and user friendly operator interface which brings together
                     all of the displays and functions needed for real-time
                     control and monitoring of turbomachinery processes,
                     auxiliary equipment, driven devices and process alarms
                     associated with power plant control.

                     The HMI system provides the infrastructure needed to meet
                     the demanding requirements of delivering process
                     information from a broader spectrum of controllers and
                     compute platforms as well as accessing and delivering
                     information to a customer's business enterprise system and
                     balance of plant control system.

                     Designed with an open system concept, the system uses
                     standard open hardware and operating system software. The
                     HMI's software system uses the

                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.62
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     Windows NT client-server architecture from Microsoft which
                     provides builtin multi-tasking, networking and security
                     features. The ability to run the system on conventional PC
                     based platforms minimizes cost, promotes open interfaces,
                     permits system scalability, and ensures longevity of
                     investment and future enhancement.

          8.3.2.12.1 HMI Product Structure

                     GE Fanuc's CIMPLICITY HMI system serves as the basic core
                     system, which is enhanced by the addition of power plant
                     control hardware and software from GE Industrial Systems.
                     The HMI configuration consists of several distinct
                     elements:

                     o   HMI Server - The server is the hub of the system and
                         provides data support and system management. The HMI
                         server also has the responsibility for device
                         communication for both internal and external
                         interchanges. The gas turbine control system can have
                         redundant communications with two HMI servers.

                     o   HMI Viewer (Client) - (If provided) the viewer provides
                         the visualization function for the system and is the
                         client of the distributed client-server system. The
                         viewer contains the operator interface application
                         software for issuing commands, viewing screen
                         graphics, data values, alarms and trends, and providing
                         system logs and reports. The gas turbine control system
                         can have redundant communications with up to four HMI
                         servers and/or viewers. The first HMI will be a server;
                         additional HMIs can be a server or viewer depending on
                         the plant control configuration.

          8.3.2.12.2 HMI Product Features

                     o   Graphics - The key functions of the HMI system are
                         performed by its graphic system, which provides the
                         operator with process visualization and control in a
                         real-time environment. In the HMI system this important
                         interface is accomplished using CimEdit, a graphics
                         editing package, and CimView, a high performance
                         runtime viewing package.

                     o   Alarm Viewer - The alarm management functions of the
                         HMI system are provided by Alarm Viewer. Alarm Viewer
                         handles routing of alarms to the proper operator and
                         alarm sorting and filtering by priority, plant unit,
                         time, or source device.

                     o   Trending - HMI trending, based on object linking and
                         embedding technology, provides powerful data analysis
                         capabilities. Trending capabilities include graphing
                         collected data and making data comparisons



                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.63
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         between current and past variable data for quick
                         identification of process problems.

                     o   Point Control Panel - The HMI point panel provides a
                         listing of points in the system with dynamically
                         updating point values and alarm status. Operators have
                         the ability to view and set local and remote points,
                         enable and disable alarm generation, modify alarm
                         limits, and filter and sort points selectively.

                     o   Basic Control Engine - The basic control engine allows
                         users to define control actions to take in response to
                         system events. It monitors event occurrence and
                         executes configured actions in response. The basic
                         control engine is supported by an event editor for
                         defining actions in response to system events and a
                         program editor for programming more complex actions.

                     o   User Roles and Privileges - CIMPLICITY allows
                         configuration of system users to control access and
                         privileges.

                     o   DDE Application Interface - The DDE Interface allows
                         other Windows applications that use Microsoft standard
                         and Advanced DDE to obtain easy access to HMI point
                         data. Users can integrate software that supports DDE to
                         monitor, analyze, report or modify the HMI point data.
                         In addition the HMI provides advances DDE client
                         communication for data collection from third party
                         devices.

          8.3.2.12.3 Operator Functions

                     o   Display Management - Display management provides
                         overall display functions to meet the needs of the
                         turbine plant. Displayed data is a combination of data
                         received over Ethernet from GE third party servers and
                         over the Stage Link from gas turbine controllers. Alarm
                         display includes both connection to gas turbine alarm
                         queues and external PLC systems.

                     o   Hold List Display - The hold list is a set of
                         conditions which must be met at certain times, speeds
                         and operating modes in the turbine startup for systems
                         which have Automatic Turbine Startup functions. The HMI
                         provides for creation, modification, display, printing,
                         down and uploading, compiling and reverse translation
                         of a hold list of up to 64 points.

                     o   Reactive Capability Display - Reactive capability
                         display shows an X-Y display of real and reactive
                         power. The plot shows three lines of generator
                         capability as a function of generator coolant
                         temperature or hydrogen pressure.



                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.64
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Timer, Counter, Accumulator Display - This function
                         shows the settings and totals in the turbine
                         controllers.

                     o   Screen Copy - Screen copy makes a copy of screen image
                         and stores it in the Window clipboard for display,
                         printing, directing to a file, or electronic
                         transmission

                     o   Trip History - Trip history data collected from each
                         turbine controller can be plotted, printed as tabular
                         data, or transmitted electronically for remote
                         analysis.

                     o   Process Alarm Management - The features of process
                         alarm management help the operator to make a proper
                         response to alarms and include the following:
                         -   Alarm queue display for each turbine unit
                             controller
                         -   Main alarm display including all plant alarms
                         -   Alarm lockout for toggling alarm conditions
                         -   Alarm notepad function for adding explanatory notes
                             to each active alarm drop number for each panel
                         -   Linking alarms to pre-selected display screens
                         -   Alarm help utilities for storing more detailed
                             descriptions of alarms and their intended functions
                         -   Distinguishing display of control system diagnostic
                             alarms from regular alarm or events

          8.3.2.12.4 Maintenance and Tool Support

                     o   Remote Maintenance Access - The HMI system supports
                         remote maintenance access for field installation,
                         troubleshooting, and resolving general maintenance
                         problems of the controller and HMI systems. In remote
                         access, a computer in the remote location appears as a
                         view node on the site system. Capabilities include
                         operation displays, configuration of the HMI, real-time
                         and historical data retrieval, and diagnostic alarms.

                     o   Diagnostic Alarms - Diagnostic alarms specifically
                         pertain to the control system and help operators and
                         maintenance personnel respond to control system
                         problems. Functions associated with diagnostic alarms
                         include sorting and grouping capabilities, printing
                         alarms on the HMI alarm printer (if selected), and help
                         utilities to identify alarm and intended response.

                     o   View Programs - This special data collection programs
                         provide collection of data necessary to troubleshoot
                         the turbine unit control systems. These


                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.65
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         programs create diagnostic data files that are stored
                         for later analysis. Files can be displayed, trended,
                         printed, faxed or transferred.

                     o   Logic Forcing - The HMI supports logic forcing and
                         maintains the identity and status of forced points.

                     o   Control Constants - Control constants are tune-up
                         parameters and variables that change with each
                         application and may change from time to time during the
                         life of an installation. The HMI displays control
                         constants values for a given control unit and allows
                         adjustment of the values with appropriate ramp rates
                         and min and max values. A tool is included to create
                         and maintain a control constant file on a unit basis
                         which can be downloaded to the unit controller.

                     o   Configuration Tools - The HMI system provides tools to
                         configure a turbine control panel including:

                         -  Control Sequence Program (CSP) editor to edit
                            existing control program segments and to create new
                            program segments
                         -  I/O configurator for embedded turbine control I/O
                            software
                         -  Panel configuration including maintenance of the
                            Data Dictionary File System (DDFS) and the Control
                            Signal Data Base (CSDB)
                         -  Capability to configure the turbine control backup
                            operator interface
                         -  Ability to configure the turbine control unit trip
                            logs

          8.3.2.12.5 Hardware

                     o   Intel based PC with 266 MHz Pentium II processor
                         (or better)

                     o   64 MB RAM with 512 KB cache memory

                     o   Hard drive 4.3GB or greater (multiple on historian)

                     o   Floppy drive 1.44 MB

                     o   Video card with 2 MB DRAM

                     o   17 inch monitor

                     o   CD- 24x (or better), with multi-read capability

                     o   2 serial and 1 parallel port

                     o   Windows NT operating system

                     o   Keyboard

                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.66
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Trackball or mouse

                     o   Ethernet interface

                     o   DAT tape drives on Historian and engineering
                         workstations

                     o   Modems on HMI servers

          8.3.2.12.6 Communications Interfaces

                     The HMI uses Stage Link as its mechanism for communication
                     with GE turbine controllers and ancillary equipment. Stage
                     Link allows the HMI to be located remotely and enables a
                     single HMI to communicate with up to eight turbine
                     controllers.

                     The HMI allows Modbus interfaces with other systems such as
                     DCS.

          8.3.3      Bently Nevada 3500 Monitoring System

                     The gas turbine and generator are equipped with orthogonal
                     proximity probes at each bearing to detect radial motion of
                     the shaft relative to the bearing. Axial position of the
                     gas turbine rotor is sensed by two axial position proximity
                     probes. Each probe is connected to a proximitor.

                     The Bently Nevada 3500 Monitor is a 19 in., sixteen
                     position (fourteen available), panel mount rack containing
                     four proximitor cards each of which can accept up to four
                     channels. (The cards must be programmed for the
                     application.) The system has one monitor card for each of
                     the two turbine rotor axial position probe inputs, one
                     monitor card for the radial X-Y probes from the two turbine
                     bearings and one monitor card for the radial X-Y probes
                     from the two generator bearings. The radial bearing monitor
                     provides values for the overall amplitude, 1X amplitude, 1X
                     phase, 2X amplitude and 2X phase.

                     Features of the system include:

                     o   Alert and danger relay outputs - one pair for the axial
                         position monitor and one pair which is shared by all
                         the radial monitors

                     o   A communication card for serial data interface to the
                         GE on-site monitor

                     o   AC power supply

                     o   KeyPhasor card


                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.67
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Rack configuration software for programming the rack
                         functions including a serial interface cable for
                         connecting the RIM card to the customer's computer. (A
                         customer-supplied Microsoft Windows based computer is
                         required.)

          8.3.4      Performance Monitoring Package

                     In conjunction with a centralized control system, the
                     performance monitoring package provides signals which are
                     used to compare turbine airflow versus performance. These
                     data can be used to determine the need for maintenance
                     such as compressor water wash. The package is connected to
                     a control compartment wall-mounted cabinet which contains
                     transducers for 4-20 ma signals.

                     The following equipment is provided:

                     o   Barometer

                     o   Compressor inlet total pressure and static pressure
                         probes

                     o   Compressor discharge pressure probe

                     o   Exhaust pressure probe

                     o   Algorithms provided via the Mark V control panel

                     o   Natural gas flow measurement

          8.3.5      Transducers

                     o   Barometric pressure transmitter (96AP)

                     o   Compressor bellmouth differential pressure transmitter
                         (96BD)

                     o   Compressor inlet air total pressure transmitter (96CS)

                     o   Compressor discharge pressure transmitter (96CD)

                     o   Exhaust pressure transmitter (96EP)

                     o   Compressor temperature inlet flange (CT-IF-3/R)

          8.3.6      Motor Control Center

                     The motor control center contains circuit protective
                     devices and power distribution equipment to supply
                     electrical power to all packaged power plant



                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.68
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     devices as defined on the electrical one line diagram. The
                     motor control center is manufactured and tested in
                     accordance with NEMA ICS-2 and UL Standard No. 845.
                     Vertical sections and individual units will be UL (CSA)
                     Labeled where possible. The motor control center is located
                     in the PEECC.

          8.3.7      Generator Protection Panel

                     The heart of the generator protection panel is the digital
                     multifunction relay integration with the gas turbine
                     control system panel. The generator protection panel
                     incorporates this feature along with generator metering and
                     watt and VAR transducers for turbine control.

                     The following page presents a typical one-line diagram for
                     the generator protection panel. The diagram and the tables
                     which follow it illustrate the digital protection features
                     and metering. For job-specific details please refer to the
                     oneline diagram in the drawings section of the proposal.


                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.69
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                            Standard Generator Panel
                                   (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]



           8.3.7.1   Digital Generator Protection (DGP) Features

                     --------------------------------------------
                           Measurement                   Value
                     --------------------------------------------
                         Overexcitation                    24
                     --------------------------------------------

                                        Turbine-Generator              Page 8.70
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Undervoltage                            27G
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Reverse Power / Anti-Motoring                     32-1
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Loss of Excitation                                40-1,2
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Current Unbalance / Negative Phase Sequence       46
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     System Phase Fault                                51V
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Overvoltage                             59
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Stator Ground Detection                           64G/59GN
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Over Frequency                          81O-1,2
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Differential                            87G
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Voltage Transformer Fuse Failure                  VTFF
                     -----------------------------------------------------------


          8.3.7.2    Generator Digital Multimeter

                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                              Measurement                             Value
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Volts                                   VM
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Amps                                    AM
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator megawatts                               MW
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator megaVARs                                MVAR
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator MVA                                     MVA
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator frequency                               FM
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Power Factor                            PF
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

          8.3.7.3    Digital Generator Protection (DGP)

                     The digital generator protection system uses microprocessor
                     technology to obtain a numerical relay system for a wide
                     range of protection, monitoring, control and recording
                     functions for the generator. Redundant internal power
                     supplies and extensive diagnostic and self-test routines
                     provide dependability and system security.

                     The DGP provides the commonly used protective functions in
                     one package, including 100% stator ground fault detection
                     using third harmonic voltage monitoring. Adaptive frequency
                     sampling is used to provide better fault protection during
                     off-normal frequencies such as startup.

                     The DGP can store in memory the last 100 sequence of
                     events, 120 cycles of oscillography fault recording, and
                     the last three fault reports

                     The system features a local Human-Machine Interface with
                     integral keypad, 16 character display, and target LEDs for
                     entering settings, displaying present



                                          Turbine-Generator            Page 8.71
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal    91578 AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     values, viewing fault target information, and accessing
                     stored data. In addition, two RS-232 serial communication
                     ports are provided for local and remote computer access.
                     (Please Note: The Personal Computer (PC) is not part of
                     this offering.)

          8.3.7.4    System Backup Distance Protection (21)

                     Distance relays are typically used instead of overcurrent
                     with voltage restraint when the lines leaving the station
                     bus have distance or pilot relay protection schemes and the
                     generator ties the station bus through a step-up
                     transformer. This protection scheme is designed to protect
                     the generator from faults in the adjacent system which are
                     not cleared by the first line relays. The standard relay is
                     an LPSO three phase digital relay with internal timing
                     function.

          8.3.7.5    Gas Turbine Control System Integration

                     In addition to the relaying mounted in the generator
                     protection panel, the gas turbine control system handles
                     protective functions such as generator temperature
                     protection, synchronizing check, backup frequency and
                     reverse power.

                     Generator control and monitoring are primarily accomplished
                     via the gas turbine control system operator interface. The
                     operator interface handles manual and auto-synchronizing,
                     speed raise/lower, voltage raise/lower, and generator
                     breaker control. Also displayed are frequency and voltage
                     for the generator and bus, breaker status, field current
                     and voltage, along with the status of permissives.

          8.3.8      Static Voltage Regulator for Bus Fed Excitation

                     The exciter is a digital, static, potential source
                     excitation system. The system comes equipped with a
                     full-wave thryristor bridge, which supplies excitation
                     power to the rotating field winding of the main ac
                     generator. In addition, all control and protective
                     functions are implemented in the system software. Digital
                     technology following is a one-line diagram of the
                     excitation system.

                                           Turbine-Generator           Page 8.72
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Proposal     91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

           Static Excitation System with Redundant Bridge and Control
                                    (Typical)

           [GRAPHIC GOES HERE]

           8.3.8.1   System Components

                     The exciter is comprised of the following four basic
                     components as described below:

                     1.  Power conversion module
                     2.  Digital controller
                     3.  Excitation transformer
                     4.  Communication interface

           8.3.8.1.1 Power Conversion Module

                     A three phase, full-wave thyristor bridge is the standard
                     conversion module for the digital excitation system. The
                     standard current capability of the bridge is 6% above the
                     calculated rated full load field current of the generator.


                                            Turbine-Generator          Page 8.73
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Proposal     91578AG(05/00)Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     The thyristor bridge assembly is forced air cooled. The
                     cooling assemblies are all energized during normal
                     operation. Thermostats are used to monitor the power
                     conversion module temperature. An alarm is provided for a
                     high temperature level and a trip is provided at a higher
                     temperature level.

          8.3.8.1.2  Excitation Transformer

                     The excitation transformer (power potential transformer) is
                     separate from the exciter. The power to the transformer is
                     obtained from a station auxiliary bus. The purpose of this
                     transformer is to step the voltage down to the required
                     level for the excitation system.

                     With the use of a regulator in the static exciter, it is
                     not necessary to specify transformer full capacity taps
                     above and below normal on the primary winding. The
                     transformer rating is chosen so that the transformer can
                     deliver the excitation required for the application at 110%
                     rated generator terminal voltage on a continuous basis.

          8.3.8.1.3  Digital Controller

                     The digital controller consists of several microprocessor
                     I/O boards, and a power supply. Cell gating of the SCRs is
                     controlled by one of the microprocessors. If redundant
                     controls are provided, each controller section has its own
                     power supply to ensure backup in the event of a power
                     supply failure.

          8.3.8.1.4  Communication Interface

                     The turbine control interface (HMI or) is the primary
                     interface with the exciter. Communication between the
                     turbine control and exciter utilizes a single or redundant
                     datalink. All exciter control logic and display data
                     utilize this datalink. The exciter trip contact (94EX) is
                     hardwired directly to the generator lockout relay and a
                     single global alarm contact (30EX) is hardwired to the
                     turbine control.

          8.3.8.2    System Features

                     Following are descriptions of selected features of the
                     exciter system. For a complete list of system features and
                     accessories, please refer to the Scope of Supply section of
                     the proposal.

                                           Turbine-Generator           Page 8.74
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Proposal     91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          8.3.8.2.1  Interface with the Gas Turbine Control System

                     The exciter is connected to the gas turbine control system
                     through a digital datalink. This enables the gas turbine
                     control system to provide a digital window into the exciter
                     through which all pertinent variables can be monitored and
                     controlled.

          8.3.8.2.2  Protection Controller

                     The protection controller is separate from the main
                     controller(s) and serves as a backup to the limiters
                     located within the controller. The output of the protection
                     controls transfer to backup control/bridge. The protection
                     features provided are as follows:

                     o   Volts/Hertz, dual level (24EX)
                     o   Loss of excitation (40EX)
                     o   Bridge ac phase unbalance (47EX)

          8.3.8.2.3  Spare Power Conversion Module as Redundant Bridge

                     A complete digital controller and rectifier bridge are
                     provided as backup to the primary controller and bridge.

                     If the protection module senses a condition that would
                     normally initiate a trip signal, it will force a transfer
                     to the redundant system before the trip contact is
                     necessary. The transfer to the redundant system occurs with
                     the generator online and does not affect generator output.

          8.3.8.2.4  Power System Stabilizer (PSS)

                     The power system stabilizer function is incorporated into
                     the exciter software. A signal representing the integral of
                     accelerating power is introduced into the automatic voltage
                     regulator algorithm to enable the generator to produce and
                     transmit large power levels in a stable manner by reducing
                     low frequency rotor oscillations

          8.3.8.2.5  Enclosure

                     The exciter, located in a NEMA-1 stand-alone enclosure,
                     contains the SCR power conversion module and regulator with
                     all standard control and protection functions, plus
                     auxiliary functions such as the de-excitation module and
                     shaft voltage suppression circuit.


                                           Turbine-Generator           Page 8.75
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Proposal     91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                     g
                                GE Power Systems
---------------------------------

                     9.   Customer Scope of Supply
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     9.1  Gas Turbine-Generator Systems .....................9.1

                     9.2  Civil............................................. 9.6

                     9.3  Installation/Erection..............................9.6

                     9.4  Start-Up/Test......................................9.7

                     9.5  Interconnecting Piping, Wire, and Cable............9.7
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     To provide a complete operational installation, additional
                     equipment and services not included in this proposal must
                     be provided by the customer or the installer. These
                     include, but are not limited to, the following:
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    9.1   Gas Turbine-Generator Systems

          9.1.1     Fuel System

                    o   Liquid fuel in accordance with GEI-41047, Gas Turbine
                        Liquid Fuel Specifications (see Reference Documents
                        chapter)

                        -- Storage tank(s) and piping to the fuel forwarding
                             skid inlet

                        -- Piping from the forwarding skid outlet to the
                             turbine inlet connection
                        Note:  Customer shall provide fuel analyses of actual
                        operating fuel at or before the time of commitment to
                        purchase.

                    o   Gas fuel in accordance with GEI-41040, Process
                        Specification Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty
                        Gas Turbines (see Reference Documents chapter)

                        -- Gas heating to 50(degree)F (28(degree)C) above dew
                             point

                        -- Gas supply shutoff valve located remotely from the
                           unit

          9.1.1.1   Customer Gas Fuel Systems Supply Requirements

          9.1.1.1.1 Summary of Typical Natural Gas Fuel Supply Conditions

                    1.  The gas fuel pressures specified in this document are
                        referenced to FG1. This point identifies the purchaser
                        connection as shown on the Purchaser Connection
                        Drawing.


    GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION       Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.1
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal           91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                    2.  The fuel gas delivered to the turbine is to meet the
                        most recent revision of the Process Specification Fuel
                        Gases For Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines -
                        GEI-41040.

                    3.  Maximum supply pressure excursions are limited to
                        either 1% per second ramp or 5% step. The 1% per second
                        ramp is applicable over the range of minimum pressure
                        requirement to maximum operating pressure. The 5% step
                        is applicable over the range of minimum pressure
                        requirement to 95% of maximum operating pressure and
                        with a maximum of one 5% step change in 5 seconds.

                    4.  Provide over-pressure protection, (including safety
                        valve accumulation), such that the maximum mechanical
                        design pressure is not exceeded at FG1.

                    5.  ANSI Class VI shut-off in the gas fuel supply line
                        should be provided by the stop/speed ratio valve. If
                        the supply conditions (pressure and temperature) exceed
                        the Class VI shut off limitation on the stop/speed
                        ratio valve, then an automated, hydraulically
                        controlled, Class VI shut-off valve is to be installed
                        upstream of the stop/speed ratio valve.

          9.1.1.1.2 Fuel Supply Pressure Requirements

                                    Measurement                       Value
                    Model Series                                      7241FA
                    Combustor                                         DLN
                    Maximum Mechanical Design Pressure psig           550
                    Maximum Operating Pressure psig                   475
                    Minimum required pressure psig                    425
                    Maximum temperature at minimum pressure(degree)F  120
                    Customer fuel modified Wobbe Index = Btu/((SCF)   To be
                    ((degree)R(circumflex)1/2))                       determined

                    1.  The minimum pressure is specified at FG1 with respect
                        to the model series, fuel temp, ambient conditions,
                        combustor, and customer design fuel.

                    2.  Maximum mechanical design pressure is specified to
                        provide over-pressure protection, (including safety
                        valve accumulation), such that the maximum mechanical
                        design pressure value is not exceeded at FG1.

                    3.  Maximum operating pressure refers to the maximum
                        turndown capability of the speed ratio valve.

   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.2
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal           91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  4.  Minimum pressure required is referenced to the coldest
                      ambient temperature and the maximum fuel temperature.
                      This value is applicable across the range of operation.

                  5.  Minimum fuel temp required superheat above the
                      hydrocarbon dewpoint at FG1 is quoted in GEI41040.

                  6.  The Modified Wobbe Index allowable variation from that
                      quoted in the table is+/-5%.

                               Fuel Pressure Reference Points
                                        (typical)

                                    [GRAPHIC GOES HERE]

                  NOTES:

                  1.  FG1 is the customer connection point to the gas fuel
                      module. FG1 is the reference point for all pressures
                      quoted in this standard.
                  2.  P1 is the pressure at the inlet to the stop/speed ratio
                      valve.
                  3.  P2 is the inter-valve pressure between the stop/speed
                      ratio valve and the gas control valve.
                  4.  P3 is the discharge pressure from the gas control
                      valve.
                  5.  P4 is the pressure at the combustor end cover.
                  6.  Pcd is the compressor discharge pressure measured in
                      the compressor discharge casing.
                  7.  Pcc is the pressure at the discharge tip of the fuel
                      nozzle.
                  8.  All pressures shown in this diagram are static
                      pressure.
                  9.  If the stop/speed ratio valve is not capable of class 6
                      shut-off, then a class 6 shut-off valve is installed
                      upstream of the SRV
                                                                 fuelsys 104

          9.1.2   Water Injection System

                  o   Demineralized water for the water injection system in
                      accordance with the following:

                          Measurement                                  Value
                  Total solids                                       5 ppm max
                  Total trace metals: sodium + potassium + lithium   0.5 ppm max
                  + vanadium + lead)
                  pH                                                 6.5 - 7.5


   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.3
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal           91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  Where contaminants are present in the water, the total limits
                  in the fuel, water and air should be controlled such that the
                  total concentration equivalent in the fuel (from all sources)
                  conforms to the following limits:

                       Contaminant                  Max Equivalent Concentration
                                                             (ppm-weight)
                    Sodium plus Potassium plus lithium         1.0
                    Lead                                       1.0
                    Vanadium                                   0.5
                    Calcium                                    2.0

                  The water quality requirement can generally be satisfied by
                    demineralized water.

          9.1.3   Lube Oil System

                  o Mineral lube oil in accordance with GE Lube Oil
                    Recommendations (see Reference Documents chapter)

          9.1.4   Inlet System

                  o Inlet heating interconnecting piping

          9.1.5   Exhaust System

                  o External exhaust system finish paint including any tie coats

          9.1.6   Gas Turbine Packaging

                  o Vent and drain piping or ducting, as needed o Exterior
                    unit walkways by customer, mounting pads by GE

          9.1.7   Cleaning Systems

                  o Water for compressor cleaning system in accordance with
                    Gas Turbine Compressor Washing--Liquid Washing
                    Recommendations (see Reference Documents chapter)

   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.4
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal           91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          9.1.8   Cooling Water System

                  o Coolant in accordance with GE cooling system specifications
                    for gas turbine lubrication, turbine supports, atomizing
                    air and generator cooling systems (see Reference Documents
                    chapter)

          9.1.9   Starting System

                  o LCI heat exchanger piping
                  o LCI system cables
                  o LCI isolation transformer breaker and protection
                  o Start-up PPT overcurrent relays

          9.1.10  Miscellaneous Systems

                  o Station instrument air for start-up
                  o Interconnecting piping between the accessory compartment
                    and liquid fuel/atomizing air skid

          9.1.11  Generator

                  o Hydrogen gas manifold
                    -- H2 bottle manifold
                    -- CO2 bottle manifold

          9.1.12  Electrical Auxiliaries

                  o AC electric power for gas turbine auxiliaries
                  o Electric power for station auxiliaries
                  o Line side current
                    and potential transformers
                  o Generator circuit breaker
                  o ISO-phase bus duct

   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.5
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal           91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          9.2      Civil

                   o Foundation design and construction with all embedments
                     including sub-sole plates, anchor bolts, and conduit
                   o Grounding grid and connections
                   o Necessary drainage, including sumps and piping

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          9.3      Installation/Erection

                   o Qualified labor including foremen and superintendents
                     needed for supervision
                   o Transportation, unloading, placement on foundation and
                     installation of the equipment offered in this Proposal
                   o Construction services including electric
                     power, lighting, temporary heaters, test
                     equipment, compressed air, crane(s) and all
                     required standard tools
                   o Storage and security for equipment received
                   o Finish paint including any special external
                     finish paints required for corrosion
                     protection with any required tie coats
                   o Access, necessary authorizations, and office
                     facilities for GE personnel required during
                     installation and start-up
                   o All interconnecting piping between turbine-generator
                     equipment and auxiliary skids
                   o All interconnecting cables between turbine-generator
                     equipment and auxiliary skids
                   o Typical wire, cable and piping supplied by the customer
                     are illustrated in sketches at the end of this section

                   Note: For a more detailed description of GE and customer
                   responsibilities during installation, see the Technical
                   Advisory Services or Installation chapter of this proposal.


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION           Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.6
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal          91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          9.4    Start-Up/Test

                            o  Fuel and load for tests
                            o  Operating personnel for starting, preliminary
                               runs and tests
                            o  Lubricating fluid, greases, and supplies for
                               starting, preliminary runs, tests and normal
                               operation thereafter
                            o  All field performance tests conducted in
                               accordance with GE recommended test
                               procedure (see Reference Documents chapter)

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          9.5    Interconnecting Piping, Wire, and Cable

                            Following are interconnecting piping, wire and cable
                            illustrations which are intended to convey the
                            connections required for customer supply. Relative
                            locations of equipment may differ from those
                            depicted in the illustrations. See Scope of Supply
                            chapter for equipment offered.


   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.7
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal          91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                          Mechanical and Off Base Skid
                       Interconnecting Piping by Customer
                                    (Typical)


                              [GRAPHIC GOES HERE]


   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.8
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal          91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                            Electrical Off Base Skid
                   Interconnecting Wire and Cable by Customer
                                    (Typical)

                              [GRAPHIC GOES HERE]


   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.9
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal          91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                   g
                                GE Power Systems
---------------------------------

                  10. Codes and Standards
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    10.1 Gas Turbine-Generator

                  GE considers the applicable sections of the following US and
                  ISO codes and standards to be the most relevant for the gas
                  turbine equipment. Our designs and procedures are generally
                  compliant with the applicable section for the following:
<TABLE>
                  <S>                        <C>

                  ANSI/ASCE 7-1995           Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
                                             Structures (Used for snow loads)

                  ANSI/ASME B1.1-1989        Unified Inch Screw Threads (GE complies at the
                                             customer's connection)

                  ANSI/ASME B1.20.1-1983     General Purpose (Inch) Pipe Threads
                  (R1992)

                  ANSI/ASME B16.5-1996       Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

                  ANSI/ASME B16.9-1993       Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Fittings

                  ANSI/ASME B16.21-1992      Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
                                             (Spiral-wound gaskets per API 601 may be used,
                                             particularly in turbine compartment piping.)

                  ANSI/ASME B31.3-1996       Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping Gas
                                             turbine piping systems comply, with the exceptions
                                             to the following paragraphs:

                                             6.6.1 The standard factory performance test
                                             serves as the leak test for all gas turbine piping
                                             systems on units and peripheral skids/hardware
                                             except as noted on 6.6.2.

                                             6.6.2 Fuel gas and steam injection systems are
                                             tested as individual fabrications at 1.5 times their
                                             design operating pressures.

                  ANSI/ASME PTC-36-1985      Measurement of Industrial Sound (Used for Near-
                  (R1998)                    field Measurements Only)

                  ANSI B133.2-1977 (R1997)   Basic Gas Turbine. GE complies, with the following
                                             exception to paragraph 8.5:

                                             Loose items such as jackscrews and eyebolts are
                                             not furnished. Provisions for use of such items are
                                             not included in the design.

                  ANSI B133.3-1981 (R1994)   Gas Turbine-Procurement Standard-Auxiliary
                                             Equipment (GE complies fully with design
                                             portions only. GE uses its own lube oil
                                             flushing procedure. Atomizing air
                                             receiver is not applicable.)

                  ANSI B133.4-1978 (R1997)   Gas Turbine Control and Protection Systems
                  ANSI B133.5-1978 (R1997)   Gas Turbine Electrical Equipment

</TABLE>


                                     Codes and Standards               Page 10.1
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal          91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                  <S>                          <C>

                  ANSI B133.8-1977 (R1989)     Gas Turbine Installation Sound Emission (Used for
                                               Far-field Measurements Only)

                  ANSI/NFPA 12-1998            Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems

                  ANSI/NFPA 70-1999            National Electrical Code (Electrical components are
                                               designed to meet the intent of this Code for Class
                                               1, Group D, Div. 2, Hazardous area classification,
                                               where appropriate.)

                  ANSI/IEEE C37-1995           Guides and Standards for Circuit Breakers,
                                               Switchgear, Substations and Fuses

                  ANSI/IEEE C37.1-1994         Definition, Specification and Analysis of Systems
                                               Used for Supervisory Control, Data Acquisition and
                                               Automatic Control

                  ANSI/IEEE C37.2-1996         Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers (GE complies
                                               with respect to device designations except that, in a few cases,
                                               device numbers were modified or added to fit GE's needs.)

                  ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1-1989      Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Protective Relays
                  (R1994)                      and Relay Systems (Salem Controls)

                  ANSI/IEEE C37.101-1993       Guide for Generator Ground Protection as Applicable to High
                                               Impedance Grounding (Method I)

                  ANSI/IEEE C57-1995           Compilation of all C57 Transformer Standards

                  ANSI C50.10-1990             Rotating Electrical Machinery - Synchronous Machines

                  ANSI C50.13-1989             Rotating Electrical Machinery - Cylindrical Rotor
                                               Synchronous Generators

                  ANSI C50.14-1977 (R1989)     Requirements for Combustion Gas Turbine-Driven
                                               Cylindrical Rotor Synchronous Generators (GE does not provide
                                               a peak reserverating. Not all of the prototype tests indicated in
                                               Table 2 have necessarily been conducted.)

                  ANSI/IEEE 100-1996           Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms

                  NEMA MG1-1993                Motors and Generators

                  NEMA MG2-1989 (R1994)        Safety Standard for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation
                                               and Use of Electric Motors and Generators

                  NEMA TR1-1993                Transformers, Regulators and Reactors

                  NFPA 30-1996                 Flammable and Combustible Liquids (GE complies with NFPA 30 with
                                               regard to those sections of this standard that are applicable to
                                               gas turbines.)

                  NFPA 497A-1992               Classification of Class I Hazardous (Classified) Locations for
                                               Electrical Installations in Chemical Process Areas

</TABLE>

                                           Codes and Standards        Page 10.2
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Proposal    91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                  <S>                          <C>
                  NFPA 8506-1995               Standard on Heat Recovery Steam Generator Systems (GE complies
                                               with NFPA 8506 as amended by Tentative Interim Amendment 95-1,
                                               with regard to those sections of this standard that are
                                               applicable to gas turbines.)

                  ANSI S1.4-1983 (R1997)       Specification for Sound Level Meters

                  ANSI S1.13-1995              Methods for the Measurement of Sound Pressure Levels

                  ANSI/SAE/J184-Feb. 87        Qualifying a Sound Data Acquisition System

                  AGMA 6011-H97                Specification for High-Speed Helical Gear Units (Used for accessory
                                               gear and load gear except for service factor.)

                  UBC-1997                     Uniform Building Code (Used for wind loads and seismic design)

                  ANSI/IEEE 421.1-1996         Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines

                  EIA/TIA RS-232E-1991         Interface between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Circuit
                                               Terminating Equipment Employing Serial Binary Interchange

                  The GE Gas Turbine Drafting Standards are based on the
                  following as appropriate to the gas turbine. Please note that
                  in several instances (symbols, etc.) have been devised for
                  GE's special needs (such as flow divider and manifolds):

                  ANSI/ASME B46.1-1995         Surface Texture

                  ANSI/ASME Y14.5M-1994        Dimensioning and Tolerancing

                  (R1999)

                  ANSI Y14.15-1966 (R1988)     Electrical and Electronics Diagrams (On-base gas
                                               turbine and accessory base equipment)

                  ANSI Y14.17-1966             Fluid Power Diagrams

                  ANSI Y14.36-1978             Surface Texture Symbols

                  ANSI/IEEE 315-1975 (R1993)   Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronics
                                               Diagrams

                  ANSI Y32.10-1967 (R1994)     Graphical Symbols for Fluid Power Diagrams

                  ANSI/ASME Y32.11-1961        Graphic Symbols for Process Flow Diagrams in the
                  (R1998)                      Petroleum and Chemical Industries

                  ANSI/ASME Y32.2.3-1949       Graphical Symbols for Pipe Fittings, Valves and
                  (R1999)                      Piping

                  ANSI/AWS A2.4-1998           Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Nondestructive
                                               Examination

                  ASME BPVC Section VIII,      Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code--Pressure
                  Division 1 -1990             Vessels (for Stator Frame Welds)

                  ISO 7919-1-1986              Mechanical Vibrations - Measurements on Rotating
</TABLE>


                                            Codes and Standards        Page 10.3
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Proposal   91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                  <S>                    <C>
                                         Shafts and Evaluation

                  ISO 10816 (Draft)      Mechanical Vibrations - Evaluation of Machine
                                         Vibration by Measurements of Non-rotating Parts

                  TEMA C, 7th Edition    Mechanical Standards for Class C Heat
                                         Exchangers (for Commercial Coolers)

                  OSHA Regulation No.    Crane Lifts; Factor of Safety
                  1910.179-1995
</TABLE>

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    10.2   Other Codes and Standards of Practice

                  In the event conflicts arise between the codes and standards
                  of practice described herein and codes, laws, rules, decrees,
                  regulation, standards, etc., of the Owner and/or country where
                  the equipment is to be installed, the codes and standards of
                  practice described herein will govern. If the Owner desires
                  other codes and standards of practice to be utilized by GE or
                  its Suppliers, they will be subject to negotiation and mutual
                  agreement between the Owner and GE.

                                              WARNING
                                              -------

                         Manufactured with 1.1.1-trichloroethane, CFC-113 and
                         TCA and contains Halon-1301, HCFC-22 and Freon-113,
                         substances which harm public health and environment by
                         destroying ozone in the upper atmosphere.


                                            Codes and Standards        Page 10.4
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Proposal   91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                  g
                                GE Power Systems
---------------------------------
                  11. Data Sheets
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    11.1   Technical Data

                  The following technical data is typical for the size and type
                  of unit proposed and except for that information specifically
                  identified as being guaranteed, this data is preliminary in
                  nature and subject to change based on final equipment design
                  and component selection.

           11.1.1 Gas Turbine

                      Measurement                           Value

                  Type                                 Heavy duty
                  Stages                               3
                  Configuration                        Single shaft, 2 bearing
                  Operating speed                      3600 rpm
                  Critical speeds
                     First rpm
                        Lateral                         1154
                        Torsional                       1309
                     Second rpm
                        Lateral                         1212
                        Torsional                       7403
                     Third rpm
                        Lateral                         2066
                        Torsional                       10305
                     Fourth rpm (lateral)              3044
                     Fifth rpm (lateral)               3162
                  Maximum tip speed                    1615 fps
                  Trip speed
                     Electrical                        3960 rpm
                  Maximum temperature                  2420(degree)F
                  First stage rotor bucket material
                     Metal                             *DS-GTD-111
                     Coating                            GE proprietary coating

    GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                Page 11.1
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Proposal   91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  Second stage rotor bucket material
                     Metal                              DS-GTD-111
                     Coating                            GE proprietary coating
                  Third stage rotor bucket material
                     Metal                              GTD-111
                     Coating                            GE proprietary coating
                  Stator nozzle material
                     First                              FSX-414
                     Second and third                   GTD-222
                  Rotor wheel material                  IN-706

                  * Directionally solidified casting with serpentine cooling
                    passages

         11.1.2   Compressor

                        Measurement                          Value
                  Type                                  Axial flow
                  Stages                                18
                  Ratio                                 15.3 (ISO)
                  Maximum tip speed                     1269 fps
                  Inlet guide vanes                     Variable-modulating
                  Inlet guide vane material             C-450
                  Rotor blade material
                     Stages 0 through 8                 C-450
                     Stages 9 through 17                AISI-403
                  Stator blade material
                     Stages 0 through 8                 C-450
                     Stages 9 through 17                AISI-403
                  Rotor material
                     Stages 0 through 14                Ni Cr MoV
                     Stages 15 through 17               Cr Mo V

         11.1.3      Bearings

                        Measurement                            Value
                  Radial type (2)                       Tilt Pad
                  Thrust type (1)                       Tilt pad

    GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                Page 11.2
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Proposal   91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

         11.1.4   Combustion

                       Measurement                        Value

                  Type                             Can annular reverse flow
                  Number of chambers               14
                  Materials
                     Liners                        Hastelloy X and HS-188
                     Transition pieces             Nimonic 263
                  Igniters (quantity)              2
                  Flame detectors (quantity)       4

         11.1.5   Water Injection

                       Measurement                        Value

                  Required inlet pressure          0-20 psig
                  Maximum inlet temperature        110(degree)F
                  Minimum inlet temperature        35(degree)F

                  Refer to GEK-101944, Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in
                  Gas Turbines in the Reference Document Chapter for water
                  injection quality.

         11.1.6   Natural Gas Fuel

                       Measurement                        Value
                  Pressure required
                     * Maximum                     475 psig
                     * Minimum                     site specific
                  Fuel gas temperature (minimum)   50(degree)F of superheat

                  * Fuel gas supply pressure is measured at the inlet connection
                  to the gas fuel valve module, and the pressure value at this
                  point is referenced to site conditions. For typical gas fuel
                  quality information, refer to GEI-41040, Process Specification
                  Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines in the
                  Reference Document Chapter.

         11.1.7   Liquid Fuel

                  For typical liquid fuel quality information, refer to GEI
                  41047, Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications in the Reference
                  Document Chapter.

    GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                Page 11.3
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Proposal   91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>



          11.1.8     Distillate Fuel Forwarding Skid
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                               <C>                                     <C>
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Measurement                                  Value
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Distillate fuel oil flow range             208 - 301 gpm per turbine
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     AC pump motor size                         50 hp
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          11.1.9     Lubrication and Hydraulic Control Oil

                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Measurement                                  Value
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Configuration (turbine and generator)      Common supply
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Oil type                                   Mineral oil

                                                                Reference GEK-32568
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Retention time                             5 minutes
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Bearing supply pressure nominal            25 psig
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Bearing supply temperature (nominal)       130(degree)F
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Main oil pump
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Type                                    Centrifugal
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Driver                                  AC motor
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Auxiliary oil pump
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Type                                    Centrifugal
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Driver                                  AC motor
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Emergency oil pump
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Type                                    Centrifugal
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Driver                                  DC motor
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Lube filter effectiveness                  Beta 17 = 200
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Lube cooler                                Plate and frame (stainless) water
                                                                cooled
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          11.1.10    Inlet Air

                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Measurement                                Value
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Air filter
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Normal pressure loss                    4.0 in. H2O
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                    Page 11.4
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          11.1.11    Exhaust System
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>                                     <C>
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Measurement                                    Value
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     External duct shell and stiffeners          A36 carbon steel
                     Internal flow liner                         Duct walls: 409 stainless steel
                                                                 Silencer panels (if provided): ASTM/A176 TY
                                                                 409 stainless steel perforated sheet
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     External duct primer                        Inorganic zinc
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


          11.1.12    Fire Protection


                              Measurement                                    Value
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Type                                        Low presssure CO2
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     System                                      Multi-zone
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Detector                                    Fixed type temperature sensors
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Detector manufacturer                       Fenwal or equal
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Number of detectors                         22
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


          11.1.13    Cooling Water Module

                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Measurement                                    Value
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Nominal heat duty*                          200,000 to 317,000 Btu/min
                                                                 (211 to 334 MJ/min)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Supply temperature (maximum)                120(degree)F (49(degree)C)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Supply pressure (maximum)                   125 psig (862 KPag)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Expected system pressure drop               45 psid (310 KPad)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     * Actual value depends on site configuration and conditions.

          11.1.14    Starting System

                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Measurement                                    Value
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Configuration                                Generator static start
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Manufacturer                                 GE
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Type                                         Load commutating inverter (LCI)
                                                                  frequency drive
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>



GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                    Page 11.5
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          11.1.15    Controls
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                               <C>                                                  <C>

                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Measurement                                      Value
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Manufacturer                                             GE
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Model                                                    SPEEDTRONIC(TM)Mark VI
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Type                                                     Triple Modular Redundant (TMR)
                                                                              Microprocessor based
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Display                                                  Color graphics (CRT)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Operator input                                           Keyboard and cursor positioning
                                                                              device
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Control panel supply                                     125 Vdc
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Auxiliary power supply                                   120 Vac
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Enclosure                                                NEMA Class I
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator control panel manufacturer                     GE
                     (includes protective relays and synchronizing
                     equipment)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Auxiliary panel manufacturer                             GE
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     MCC
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     AC                                                       480Vac, 3 phase, 60 Hz
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     DC                                                       125 Vdc
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Air conditioning and heating                             240 Vac, 1 phase, 60 Hz
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Convenience outlets and lighting                         120 Vac
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          11.1.16    Battery and Accessories

                     Battery System Features                 Description
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Battery Type                            56 Cell 125Vdc nominal calcium-alloyed flooded
                                                             lead/acid type
                                                             Floated at 129Vdc (2.30 volts/cell)
                                                             Equalized at 135Vdc (2.41 volts/cell)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Shipping                                Batteries shipped in special shipping
                                                             containers to the site for installation.
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Installation                            Mounted in the control compartment
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Charger Type                            Single phase 35 amp charger
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Charger Redundancy                      Second single phase battery charger capable of
                                                             load sharing with the primary battery charger
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

----------
(TM)A trademark of the General Electric Company



GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                    Page 11.6
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          11.1.17    Generator Panel Specifications
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                   <C>                                         <C>

                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Measurement                                        Value
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Overall Dimensions Of Standard Panel          54 in. W x 20 in. D x 90 in. H
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Shipping Weight                               2500 lbs
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Installation:                                 Indoor Free Standing
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Enclosure:                                    Standard NEMA 1
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Voltage Range :                               10%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Rated AC Voltage:                             120Vac
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Rated DC Voltage:                             125Vdc
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Battery Load (Typical):                       300VA
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Max Duration Of Battery Interruption:         200ms
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     PT Burden (Maximum):                          150 VA
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     CT Burden (Maximum):                          50VA
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Operating Temperature:                        -20 to 40(degree)C
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Storage Temp:                                 -30 to 55(degree)C
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Max Humidity:                                 95% non-condensing
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Panel Seismic Rating:                         Currently meets Zone 2B
                                                                   requirements
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Fast Transient Rating:                        Most Devices Meet Class IV (IEC
                                                                   255-22-4)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Electrostatic Discharge Rating:               Most Devices Meet Class IV (IEC
                                                                   255-22-2)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Insulation Test For The Panel:                2400 VOLT 60 Hz HI POT TEST
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Radio Interference Supp. Class:               5 Watts (27/153/462 MHz) at 1
                                                                   meter Distance with door closed
                                                                   causes no alarms or trip
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Industrial Certification                      UL, CSA. (CE Pending)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

          11.1.18    Generator Panel Typical Electrical Loading Chart

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                <C>                 <C>        <C>
                                Function                          Burden               Watt       Volt
                                                                  (PT,CT)              Loss       Range
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Digital Generator Protection            0.4 VA, 0.022 @ 5 A        25         20%
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Synchronizing Undervoltage Relays       13.2 VA, 0                            20%
                     (27BS-1,2)
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     WATT Transducer (96GW-1)                0.6VA, 0.4VA               5          15%
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     WATT/VAR Transducer(96GG-1)             0.6VA, 0.4VA               5          15%
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                    Page 11.7
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                              <C>                               <C>           <C>      <C>
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     DC Blown Fuse Detection (74)            N/A                  7.8     N/A
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Digital Meter (DMM)           0.1VA, 0.1VA         6       20%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     System Backup Distance (21) (SLY)       0.4, 0.028 @ 5 A     20      10%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Inadvertent Energization protection     2.25 VA              4.5
                     (50RE) MDPA730000BA
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------

          11.1.19    Generator Panel Meter and Transducer Accuracies

                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Meter Function                                Accuracy
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator DMM (VM, AM)                                0.35%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator DMM (MW, MVAR, MVA)                         0.5%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator DMM (PF)                                    1.0%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator DMM (FM)                                    0.02Hz
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     96GW-1 & 96GG-1 Transducers                           0.2%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

          11.1.20    Digital Static Exciter
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                   <C>                                    <C>

                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Measurement                                  Value
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     General
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Excitation System Type                      Digital Static Potential Source
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Performance (per IEEE std 421.2)
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Response                                       High Initial Response
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Standard Response                         2.0 Response Ratio and 160% VFFL
                                                                    ceiling @ generator terminal
                                                                    voltage = 1.0 per unit based on a
                                                                    field winding temperature of
                                                                    100(degree)C (Per IEEE 421)
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Compliant Standards
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        ANSI/IEEE                                   ANSI C37.2, C37.18, C37.20, C57.9x
                                                                    series, IEEE 383, 421, 421A, 421B, 421.1
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        NEMA/ICS                                    AB1, ICS1-111, ICS6-110, SG3, WC7
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        CSA                                         All applicable standards
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        NEC                                         All applicable guidelines
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        UBC                                         Meets Zone 4 Requirements
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Rectifier Bridge
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Type                                        6 SCR, Full-wave
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Fuses                                       Fast-acting, Current-Limiting, one per leg
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Input Control Power Requirements
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        From Preferred Station Service              120 Vac Single Phase (quantity 2 for
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                    Page 11.8
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                              <C>                                                   <C>
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    redundant exciters)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     125 Vdc/250 Vdc Station Battery
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Control Power with redundant                5.00 amperes continuous
                     control
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Environmental (Enclosure)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Operating Temperature Range                 0C to +30C (32F to 86F)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Storage Temperature Range                   -40C to +70C (-40F to +158F)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Humidity                                    5% to 95% non-condensing
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Heat Dissipation                            18,000 W @ 1900 ADC. Linear
                                                                    relationship for other currents.
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Line filter module                             Not required for PPT secondary Voltages
                                                                    (less than)250 Vac
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Dimensions                                  13 in. H x 19 in. D x 22 in. W
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Weight                                      Approximately 50 lbs
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Mounting Requirements                       When height restrictions prevent this
                                                                    module from being mounted on top of the
                                                                    main enclosure, it must be mounted within
                                                                    a 15 foot wire run of the main enclosure.
                  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

          11.1.21    Estimated Power Consumption of Electrical Auxiliaries at
                     ISO Conditions
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>     <C>      <C>         <C>
                                Auxiliary                      Start         Start    Ops     Ops      Standby
                                                               (kw)          (kw)     (kw)    (kw)      (kw)
                                                               Gas           Dist     Gas     Dist
                                                               Fuel          Fuel     Fuel    Fuel
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Static start                             7140          7140
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Lube oil pump                              83            83      83       83          83
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Hydraulic oil pump                         50            50      50       50          50
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Exhaust frame blowers                      62            62      62       62
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Turning gear motor                                                                     6
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Atomizing air compressor                                414              414
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Turbine compt vent fans                    17            17      17       17
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Liquid fuel skid vent fan                   4             4       4        4
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Load coupling compt vent fan                4             4       4        4
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Accessory compt vent fan                    4             4       4        4
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Lube oil heater                            45            45                           45
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Control system                             50            50      50       50          50
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                    Page 11.9
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                  <C>                     <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Generator/GTE/collector anti-                                                   9
                    condensation space heaters
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Turbine/accessory/liquid fuel/gas                                              19
                    valve compt anti-condensation space
                    heaters
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    H2 auxilliary seal oil pump                                                     8
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Water injection pump                                                  207
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Water injection skid space heater         10       10       10         10      10
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Cooling water pump                       124      124      124        124
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Cooling water fans                       132      132      132        132
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Distillate fuel forwarding pump                    41                  41      41
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Water Wash Pump                                                                17
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Water wash skid space heater              10       10       10         10      10
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Air conditioning - PEECC                  36       36       36         36      36
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Air conditioning - LCI                    30       30       30         30      30
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.2   Component Weights and Dimensions

                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Item                         Length           Width         Height        Weight
                                                  (Ft)             (Ft)          (Ft)          (Lbs)
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Accessory compartment        31.00           11.50          13.83         80000
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Turbine compartment          29.33           13.25          14.00        377000
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Generator                    37.20           12.08          13.80        540000
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION          Data Sheets                       Page 11.10
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                                       g

_____________________________________GE Power Systems

                             12. Technical Comments


                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Customer specifications have not been submitted.


                                    Technical Comments                 Page 12.1
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                                       g

________________________________GE Power Systems

                              13. Customer Drawings and Documentation

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               As soon as practicable after the work is started,
                               a distribution list will be established to
                               dispatch to the Owner one (1) reproducible and
                               six (6) prints of drawings, diagrams and material
                               lists.

                               The Owner's engineer may approve the mechanical
                               outline and one-line electrical diagram before
                               their use is permitted. Errors detected in any
                               drawings submitted will be corrected. A
                               distribution list for dispatching to the Owner's
                               engineer one (1) reproducible and two (2) prints
                               of drawings and diagrams will be established as
                               soon as practicable after the design work is
                               started. The above approval will not be cause for
                               waiver of any responsibility for discrepancies
                               and errors made by others, but not detected in
                               the examination.

                               The approval time-cycle will be consistent with
                               those periods allotted on the project schedule.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.1 Gas Turbine Drawings

                    13.1.1     Gas Turbine Drawing Schedule

                               In a typical project, the drawings are released
                               in accordance with the schedule indicated below.
                               Modifications to the schedule for any drawings
                               affected by changes in the definition of the
                               equipment or open Owner options will be available
                               ten (10) working days after receipt of resolution
                               of the change or option. One change or option may
                               affect several drawings. Any drawings returned to
                               GE with comments and/or changes will be reissued,
                               if appropriate, within thirty (30) calendar days
                               after receipt by GE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                            <C>                                                                 <C>
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                GE                 Drawing Title                                * Weeks
                               Item                                                           6B/7EA/7FA
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               0040      Schematic Diagrams                                        12
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               0301      Outline, Gas Turbine Package                              16
                                         Connections - Electrical
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               0302      Outline, Purchaser Mounted Devices                        16
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               0306      Outline, Mechanical - Gas Turbine and Load                14
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               0313      Outline, Gas Turbine Package Connection Piping            16
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.1
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                 <C>                                <C>                                 <C>
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0314     Note, Gas Turbine Package Connections Outline - Piping        16
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0323     Outline, Foundation Interface                                 16
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0326     Outline, Foundation Interface,                                20
                             Off-Base - Mechanical Equipment
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0330     Outline, Foundation Interface, Off-Base Electrical            16
                             Equipment
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0408     Weight and Center of Gravity, Gas Turbine Package             16
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0414     Device Summary                                                13
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0438     Document List                                                 8
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0444     One-Line Diagram                                              13
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0463     Cable Summary                                                 14
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    1603     Foundation Bolting Arrangement                                16
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                     * Elapsed weeks between Order Definition Meeting (ODM) and
                     drawing release

          13.1.2     Gas Turbine Drawing Descriptions

                     Owner design drawings provided by GE allow a Owner to
                     design foundations, make station layouts, order long-lead
                     Owner supplied equipment and prepare an installation bid
                     package or plan. Following are definitions of each drawing
                     including its purpose and information presented:

                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                    Item #                     Drawing Title
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0040   Schematic Diagrams - These diagrams are functional
                            representations of all packaged power plant fluid
                            systems, such as lubrication oil, coolant system,
                            fuel and fuel forwarding. They contain information
                            regarding flow rates, pressures and temperature
                            requirements at Owner connection points and identify
                            system capacity to determine initial fill
                            requirements.

                            The purpose is to provide information to allow the
                            Owner to determine station interconnecting piping
                            design requirements, location of off- base skids and
                            the amount of lubrication oil and coolant required
                            for operation of the power plant. The schematics
                            also act as source documents for generation of the
                            device summary.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0301   Outline, Gas Turbine Package Connections-Electrical
                            - This drawing provides the necessary information to
                            determine cable trenches and conduit needs for GE
                            supplied cable/wiring connecting to gas turbine and
                            generator equipment. In addition, the drawing
                            provides suggested foundation cable routing and the
                            location and details of GE supplied junction boxes.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0302   Outline, Purchaser Mounted Devices - This drawing
                            describes
                    ------------------------------------------------------------


                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.2
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                            equipment such as the gas fuel flow measurement
                            system and exhaust duct pressure switch package
                            which interface with the gas turbine and are shipped
                            separately from the major pieces, i.e., turbine and
                            generator, for installation by the Owner. Included
                            for each item is an outline drawing, pertinent
                            information for proper installation and a wiring
                            diagram, if applicable.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0306   Outline, Mechanical - Gas Turbine and Load - The
                            mechanical outline provides dimensional data
                            (length, width and height) of the gas
                            turbine-generator package and all other major pieces
                            of GE supplied equipment.

                            The purpose of this drawing is to define space
                            requirements for station layout, show generator
                            rotor removal dimensions, cooler tube bundle and
                            lubrication oil filter removal dimension, vertical
                            centerlines for major pieces and outline dimensions
                            of the pieces of equipment extending beyond the
                            perimeter of the gas turbine-generator package.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0313   Outline, Gas Turbine Package Connection Piping -
                            This drawing shows the outline of the gas turbine
                            package with detailed dimensions for Owner supplied
                            field piping connections with interface dimensions
                            for points that must be connected to a station sump
                            or drain. The purpose is to define the location of
                            field piping connections for GE supplied loose
                            piping and components, as well as Owner supplied
                            piping.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0314   Note, Gas Turbine Package Connections
                            Outline-Piping - The Owner's piping connection notes
                            provide piping interface data including thread and
                            flange sizes and ratings. Descriptive information is
                            provided for connections normally plugged and/or
                            connected to the station sump. The purpose is to
                            define piping connections shown on the Owner's
                            Piping Connection Outline.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0323   Outline, Foundation Interface - This drawing
                            contains foundation interface information for the
                            main gas turbine and generator foundation including
                            pad locations and loadings for embedded sole plates.
                            Embedded conduit locations and sizes within the gas
                            turbine foundation are defined. The purpose is to
                            provide information to aid design of the foundation
                            for the gas turbine components located on the unit
                            centerline.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0326   Outline, Foundation Interface, Off-Base - Mechanical
                            Equipment - This drawing depicts the arrangement of
                            off-base mechanical components supplied by GE. It
                            also includes equipment envelope dimensions and
                            piping.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0330   Outline, Foundation Interface, Off-Base - Electrical
                            Equipment - This drawing shows electrical connection
                            points for off-base electrical components supplied
                            by GE.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0408   Weight and Center of Gravity, Gas Turbine Package -
                            This drawing contains the location of package unit
                            weights and center of gravity for
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.3
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                            the control compartment, accessory and turbine
                            compartment, generator, generator line side cubicle
                            (if supplied), inlet compartment, inlet and exhaust
                            systems and on-base coolant water module. The
                            purpose is to provide suggested slinging
                            arrangements and to assist the Owner in determining
                            lifting requirements for heavier pieces of
                            equipment.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0414   Device Summary - The Device Summary defines the
                            functional characteristics for all mechanical and
                            electrical devices on the gas turbine-generator and
                            their associate components. It is developed from all
                            the schematic drawings and forms the basis for the
                            cable block diagram and connection outlines.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0438   Document List - This drawing is intended to provide
                            a list of commonly required specifications and
                            recommendations for equipment or commodities
                            supplied by the Owner.
                            The following is provided as applicable:
                            Owner documentation index
                            Coolant recommendations for closed cooling system
                            Fuel oil specification
                            Fuel gas specification
                            Lubrication oil recommendations
                            Welding symbol interpretation
                            Cable installation data
                            Drafting symbols
                            Insulation recommendations
                            The purpose is to provide information to allow the
                            Owner to determine requirements for the
                            aforementioned items.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0444   One-Line Diagram - This drawing contains a
                            simplified electrical schematic of the power system
                            from generator ground to the Owner's high voltage
                            bus including protective relaying, excitation system
                            and synchronizing system. Also shown on this drawing
                            are auxiliary power systems with schematic display
                            of distribution panels. A location key is used to
                            indicate component locations. Device nomenclature
                            follows the IEEE standard for electrical switchgear.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0463   Cable Summary - This drawing contains information
                            for interconnecting cables and wires to GE supplied
                            equipment. It indicates "from/to" information, cable
                            size for GE supplied cables and voltage level
                            requirements, information for the Owner to supply
                            interconnecting cable/wire not furnished by GE and
                            prepare bid specifications for quotation on
                            installation of all required cable/wire. The purpose
                            is to define requirements for GE and Owner supplied
                            cables/wires and necessary information for
                            installation bids.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     1603   Foundation Bolting Arrangement - This drawing
                            depicts the arrangement of the bolting of the gas
                            turbine, generator, GE supplied components located
                            on the gas turbine centerline, inlet and exhaust
                            ducts to the main foundation. The material required
                            for leveling and
                    ------------------------------------------------------------

                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.4
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                            bolting the components to the foundation and the
                            shims, keyways and keys required for alignment of
                            the gas turbine are defined and the materials
                            supplied by GE are identified.
                            The purpose of this drawing is to supplement the
                            information presented on the Foundation Interface
                            drawing and to define the material supplied by GE.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.2 Generator Drawings
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                    <C>                            <C>                                <C>

          13.2.1     Generator Drawing Schedule
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     GE Item                      Drawing Title                         Weeks*
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       C900       Exciter Model                                           12
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       C901       Generator Cooler Performance Data                       10
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       C902       Generator Data and Curves                               10
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       C903       Test Report                                            10**
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       C907       Generator Requisition Summary Sheets                     8
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------

          13.2.1.1   Additional Generator Drawing Schedule for Hydrogen Cooled
                     Units
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      GE Item                   Drawing Title                          Weeks*
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        G1D0           Outline, Liquid Detector Assy                     12
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        G2FA           P&ID, Generator Auxiliary Systems                 12
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        G2RS           Specification, H2/CO2 Piping                      12
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        G4JX           Outline, BDE Loop Seal                            12
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        SDH            Station Designer's Handbook                       12
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

          13.2.1.2   Generator Drawing Notes

                     * Elapsed weeks between Order Definition Meeting (ODM) and
                     drawing release

                     ** After unit shipment

                     Generator drawings are normally provided unless the same
                     information has already been presented in gas turbine
                     drawings. Drawings which are not listed here may be
                     provided if additional optional equipment is included in
                     the scope of supply.

                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.5
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          13.2.2     Generator Drawing Descriptions

                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Item #                 Drawing Title
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     C900   Excitation Model - Mathematical transformer and
                            constant representation of exciter hardware.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     C901   Generator Cooler Performance Data - Flow, material,
                            connection and water requirements for generator
                            coolers.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     C902   Generator Data and Curves - Estimated generator
                            performance data and curves typically include
                            reactive capability, excitation V, synchronous and
                            saturation impedance and generator output as a
                            function of cold air, gas or liquid temperature.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     C903   Test Report - A manufacturing report that summarizes
                            data measured on each customer's generator.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     C907   Generator Requisition Summary Sheets - Summary of
                            what GE has interpreted as the customer's scope of
                            supply.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

          13.2.2.1   Additional Generator Drawing Descriptions for Hydrogen
                     Cooled Units

                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Item #                   Drawing Title
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     G1D0   Outline, Liquid Detector Assy - Shows the interface
                            dimensions and special features.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     G2FA   P&ID, Generator Auxiliary Systems - Shows
                            interconnecting piping with scope split.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     G2RS   Specification, H2/CO2 Piping - Provides instructions
                            for the installation of the H2 system equipment.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     G4JX   Outline, BDE Loop Seal - Shows the portion of the
                            lube system, which consists of the generator lube
                            oil ports, their interface points, and any lube oil
                            piping supplied by GE. This schematic may not be
                            provided with every job because this information may
                            be on the turbine lube oil schematic.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     SDH    Station Designer's Handbook - Provides critical
                            installation, operation and maintenance information.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.3    Typical Drawings and Documentation for Gas Turbine-
        Generator Owners

                     This section describes the documentation GE provides to
                     support the Owner's efforts to design, install, operate and
                     maintain the GE gas turbine-generator packaged power plant.
                     This documentation is divided into three (3) categories
                     which coincide with the progression of the project:


                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.6
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o            Advance Owner interface documents

                     o            Owner design drawings

                     o            Startup and operation documents

          13.3.1     Advance Owner Interface Documents

                     In addition to the Owner design drawings formally issued
                     for construction, GE can upon request, provide advance
                     information suitable for use in: (a) project planning and
                     estimating the scope and cost of a project; and/or (b) the
                     initiation and development of the design of equipment,
                     systems and/or civil works that interface with GE furnished
                     equipment. This information is furnished on an informal
                     basis. The following definitions are provided for
                     clarification:

          13.3.1.1   Typical Drawings

                     Typical drawings consist of either drawings previously
                     developed for a different project or drawings for a
                     reference unit for purposes of information and/or
                     illustration. These drawings are suitable for use in
                     project planning and for estimating the scope and cost of a
                     project. Typical drawings, however, lack the prerequisite
                     detail and/or project-specific features necessary to permit
                     their use to develop designs for equipment, systems and/or
                     civil works that interface with GE furnished equipment. The
                     use of typical drawings for such design development is
                     strictly at the risk of the Owner.

                     Please note: typical drawings can be augmented by
                     preliminary design information furnished by GE at the Order
                     Definition Meeting (ODM). Preliminary design information
                     provided at that meeting normally consists of a one-line
                     diagram and mechanical outline drawing, but can be extended
                     upon request to include foundation interface information.

          13.3.1.2   Preliminary Design Information

                     This information may consist of typical drawings, marked-up
                     drawings or any other material in either graphic or
                     descriptive format used to convey non-finalized design
                     information on GE furnished equipment. This information is
                     sufficiently detailed to permit initiation and development
                     of the design of equipment, systems and/or civil works
                     interfacing with GE furnished equipment. This information,
                     however, may be subject to changes that impact equipment,
                     systems and/or civil works by others that interface with GE


                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.7
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     furnished equipment. The use of preliminary design
                     information as a basis for the issue of final drawings by
                     others is at their risk.

            13.3.1.3 Order Definition Meeting

                     To meet stated drawing and equipment scheduling
                     commitments, agreement must be reached on options,
                     alternatives and technical details within a limited time
                     period. After receipt of an order, GE will promptly conduct
                     an "Order Definition" meeting with the Owner's
                     representatives to finalize the required design and scope
                     of supply. Options and alternatives not finalized at this
                     meeting will be documented with a schedule to resolve each,
                     so as to minimize the impact on the shipment and price.
                     Drawings affected by the lack of final definition will be
                     identified during the "Order Definition" meeting and a
                     schedule for drawing transmittals established upon receipt
                     of the final data.

              13.3.2 Startup and Operation Documents

                     Documentation associated with the checkout, initial startup
                     and routine operation of a GE gas turbine-generator
                     packaged power plant will be provided in the English
                     language and include the following:

                     o Consolidated Service Manuals; available 12 weeks after
                       unit shipment
                     o Turbine Control Specification; available at
                       time of unit shipment
                     o Elementary Diagrams; available at
                       time of unit shipment
                     o Startup Report; available after initial operation of the
                       unit

                     In addition, previously supplied functional drawings such
                     as the one line, schematic piping, device summary and
                     elementary diagrams are heavily utilized during the
                     functional checkout and initial startup operations.

            13.3.2.1 Service Manuals

                     The Service Manuals consist of Operation and Maintenance
                     manuals and Parts manuals. The manuals are enclosed in
                     heavy duty three inch binders with a coated canvas outer
                     covering and post style mechanism. Ten sets are provided
                     for each station.

                     Manuals are optionally available on CDROM. Each CD is unit
                     specific with search capabilities and can be downloaded to
                     the customer's internal computer network.


                       Customer Drawings and Documentation          Page 13.8
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     Optional features included in this proposal are as follows:

                     o   The manuals are printed on standard 8.5 x 11 in./11 x
                         17 in. paper

            13.3.2.2 Operation and Maintenance Manual

                     The Operation and Maintenance Manuals contains site
                     specific information on turbine-generator operation. Normal
                     operating sequences are described, together with normal
                     running inspections for all supplied equipment and systems.
                     Trouble shooting and diagnostic recommendations are also
                     included. Special notes, and cautionary and warning
                     statements are included and highlighted throughout the
                     instruction book to enable easy recognition of special
                     procedures and techniques which must be followed to ensure
                     correctness and safety for equipment and personnel.
                     Operating information is also included for all components
                     and systems that are standardized in their design.

                     These manuals provide information for inspection and
                     maintenance of the turbine, its accessories and auxiliary
                     systems over the life of the equipment. Recommended
                     procedures for scheduling inspections and planning
                     maintenance outages, including recommended spares, tools
                     and equipment are provided. Standard practices for
                     disassembly, component inspection and reassembly are
                     described in detail. Copies of the necessary reporting
                     forms are provided by the local GE representative.

            13.3.2.3 Parts Manual

                     This volume includes all necessary turbine accessory and
                     auxiliary system drawings and bills of material to allow
                     ordering of replacement and expendable materials, parts,
                     components, and assemblies for all routine inspection and
                     maintenance activities. It is organized along the same
                     lines as the model list, or master parts list used to
                     manufacture the turbine in the factory and is specific to
                     the Owner unit.

           13.3.2.4 Service Manuals Schedule

                     Service Manual completion and shipment will occur in two
                     phases as listed below:

                     o   Service Manuals shipment - twelve weeks after the
                         shipment of the last major component (for example, lube
                         oil skid)


                       Customer Drawings and Documentation         Page 13.9
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Follow-up shipment - Twelve weeks after Manual
                         shipment, to include any shortage material received
                         after the Manual shipment (for example, drawings,
                         vendor documentation)

            13.3.2.5 Turbine Control Specification

                     The turbine control specification provides all recommended
                     turbine control panel settings, control system calibration
                     procedures and turbine operating sequences. It is a unit
                     specific document, and together with the device summary and
                     generator elementary, provides information on field
                     settable control and protective equipment.

            13.3.2.6 Elementary Diagrams

                     Elementary diagrams are provided for the gas turbine and
                     generator controls, including the excitation system. The
                     turbine control elementary diagram is primarily functional,
                     and although some hardware representation is included where
                     appropriate, it concentrates on a pictorial representation
                     of the turbine and auxiliary system sequencing and control
                     and protection algorithms implemented in the panel
                     software. The turbine control panel is also supported for
                     checkout purposes by a hardware connection diagram
                     depicting internal hardware connections.

                     The generator and power system elementary diagram is also
                     functional; however, since control, protection and
                     sequencing are accomplished with hardware elements, it is
                     more representative of the actual system hardware
                     configuration. The same is also true of the motor control
                     centers for electrically powered auxiliaries.

            13.3.2.7 Startup Report

                     The startup report is prepared by the field startup
                     engineer after completion of the initial operation of the
                     unit. It provides an indication of the initial settings and
                     startup control characteristics for the gas turbine,
                     generator and auxiliary systems. It is useful for
                     anticipating trouble and performing diagnostic work at
                     least through the first inspection period, and in many
                     cases, over the life of the installation.



                       Customer Drawings and Documentation         Page 13.10
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                        g
-----------------------------------GE Power Systems

                         14. Technical Advisory Services
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   14.1 Installation Support

                               GE offers a full range of turnkey and field
                               installation services. In addition to the supply
                               of equipment and technical direction, GE's
                               experience includes thousands of world-wide
                               turnkey and installation projects. The process
                               begins with GE project management involvement
                               with the Purchaser during the conceptual and
                               proposal stage of the project to develop the
                               scope and establish the project baseline which
                               provides a solid foundation for the execution of
                               the project, on time, and with a minimum of scope
                               changes. Below is an outline of these additional
                               services.

                        14.1.1 Technical Direction of Installation

                               Technical Direction is an active, on-site service
                               to provide engineering and technical guidance,
                               advice, and counsel, based upon GE's current
                               engineering, manufacturing, installation, and
                               operating practices as related to work performed
                               by others. The objective is to install
                               GE-supplied equipment in a technically correct,
                               high quality, safe manner, and to achieve a
                               timely startup and reliable operation.

                               It is the act of recommending the correct course
                               of action based upon good engineering,
                               manufacturing and operation practices for the GE
                               equipment involved. Such services may also
                               include testing, adjusting, programming and other
                               similar services.

                               Technical Direction of Installation Services
                               exclude any supervision, management, regulation,
                               arbitration and/or measurement of the owner
                               personnel, agents or contractors and work related
                               thereto. Technical Direction of Installation
                               Services do not include any responsibility for
                               planning, scheduling, monitoring or management of
                               the work.

                        14.1.2 Technical Direction of Installation
                               Representative(s)

                               The Company will provide technical direction
                               services on straight time, forty hours per week,
                               during the first eight hours of each shift, five
                               days per week, Monday through Friday per the
                               equipment contract and in accordance the period
                               identified in Installation and Period Charges
                               below. This service will be provided by one or
                               more Technical Direction of Installation
                               Representatives as deemed necessary by the
                               Company. The Technical Direction of Installation
                               Representative shall:



                       Technical Advisory Services                 Page 14.1
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            14.1.2.1 Lead Technical Advisor

                     Company's Technical Direction for Installation Team will be
                     headed by an experienced turbine installation Technical
                     Advisor whose functions and responsibilities will include
                     the following:

                     1. Participate in a pre-installation meeting to provide the
                        Purchaser and his installation contractor with technical
                        direction necessary for establishing the installation
                        planning, scheduling, methods and responsibilities to
                        be used and followed throughout the
                        installation.

                     2. The effective guidance and counseling of the other
                        Company more Technical Direction of Installation
                        Representatives to provide for broader utilization of
                        their skills.

                     3. The integration of the assigned service work with the
                        Purchaser representatives to assist in meeting
                        scheduled completion, starting and operation dates.
                        This will include participation in on-site job progress
                        meetings as the chief representative of Company.

                     4. The reporting of pertinent facts on failure of
                        equipment warranted by GE to the proper GE personnel to
                        permit prompt and equitable settlement of warranty
                        claims.

                     5. The submittal of timely reports on job progress and
                        problems.

                     6. The planning, organization, and direction of the other
                        Company personnel for the installation, start-up,
                        testing, and warranty implementation of the GE-supplied
                        equipment.

                     7. The maintenance of installation records and a job log
                        book.



            14.1.2.2 Gas Turbine Installation Team

                     The Gas Turbine Installation Team will be composed of
                     Technical Direction of Installation Representatives skilled
                     in one or more of the following areas: mechanical erection
                     of gas turbine-generators, electrical equipment
                     installation and testing, and SPEEDTRONIC(TM) MK-VI Control
                     System checkout, calibration, and unit start-up. Their
                     principal functions and responsibilities will be to provide
                     Technical Advisory Services during:

                     1. Inspection and unloading of the gas turbine major
                        components at the installation site and their placement
                        on the foundation.

                     2. Setting of the sole plates or fixators.

                     3. Setting of necessary shims between Purchaser-supplied
                        sole plates and the gas turbine.


                       Technical Advisory Services                  Page 14.2
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                               4.  Removal of shipping supports on the gas
                                   turbine.

                               5.  Installation of the gas turbine and generator
                                   packages to the proper centerline and
                                   elevation.

                               6.  Alignment of the gas turbine and generator.

                               7.  The assembly, clearance and alignment, of all
                                   major parts to the extent that the same can
                                   be accomplished without dismantling.

                               8.  Installation of the gas turbine air inlet
                                   system and exhaust plenum and exhaust
                                   ducting.

                               9.  Checkout of piping, control wiring, and
                                   instrumentation lines between the gas turbine
                                   and other GE-supplied gas turbine equipment.

                               10. Checkout and initial operation of the base
                                   mounted gas turbine starting equipment.

                               11. Sequencing and checkout of the gas turbine
                                   SPEEDTRONIC(TM) MK-VI Control Panel.

                               12. Installation and checkout of the generator
                                   and excitation/electrical systems.

                               13. Start-up of the gas turbine unit with Owner's
                                   operating personnel.

                               14. Instruct the Purchaser's installation and
                                   operating personnel, at the site at the time
                                   of the work activity in accordance with the
                                   installation schedule, in the:
                                   -- Conduct of such component and operating
                                      tests as the Technical Direction of
                                      Installation Representative shall specify.
                                   -- Initial starting and placing the equipment
                                      in good operating condition.
                                   -- Company's recommended procedure for
                                      regularly starting, operating, and
                                      shutting down the equipment.

                               15. Mark-up of two sets of GE drawings, per
                                   standard GE practices, to reflect the
                                   as-built condition of the gas
                                   turbine-generator equipment. One set for site
                                   records and one set to be returned to GE
                                   Customer Service.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.2 Installation Period and Charges

                               A.  The period of Technical Direction of
                                   Installation at the site shall commence on
                                   the date agreed upon by the parties for
                                   setting the sole plates or fixators and shall
                                   continue until the technical direction,
                                   inspection and instruction per the equipment
                                   contract has expired as mutually agreed upon.
                                   It is recommended that Technical Direction of
                                   Installation coverage be continued until the
                                   installation is complete (normally 24 hours
                                   after



                       Technical Advisory Services                  Page 14.3
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                   attaining full load) except for the times
                                   during which no installation work on the
                                   equipment is scheduled or performed by the
                                   Purchaser.

                               B.  The price quoted includes the equivalent of
                                   technical direction services for 594 manweeks
                                   composed of the first 8 hours of each shift,
                                   5 days per week, Monday through Friday, for a
                                   prescribed number of manweeks.

                               C.  In the event the Purchaser interrupts,
                                   extends, or accelerates the work, so as to
                                   require technical direction service at times
                                   other than provided in (B) above, the Company
                                   reserves the right to render additional
                                   billing as follows:

                                   -- If the normal work schedule exceeds eight
                                      hours per day, Monday through Friday, or
                                      forty hours per week, the premium due the
                                      Company will be 1.5 hours for each hour
                                      worked. The premium will be deducted from
                                      the purchased manweeks. In the event that
                                      the purchased manweeks are exceeded, the
                                      Purchaser will be invoiced at the
                                      published rates in effect at the time the
                                      work is performed.

                                   -- If the work schedule is interrupted, or
                                      extended beyond that established in the
                                      pre-installation meeting, or if other
                                      services of the Technical Direction of
                                      Installation Representative are required
                                      and not specifically provided for herein
                                      such as, but not limited to, using special
                                      equipment when handling the gas turbine
                                      during transit, storage, or installation,
                                      or when the service is required during
                                      delays caused by the Purchaser or others,
                                      or when the service is required during
                                      periods when work on the equipment is
                                      being performed by a labor force of less
                                      than adequate size and composition,
                                      commensurate with Paragraph A of
                                      "Purchasers Responsibilities" below, such
                                      services provided at times as provided in
                                      paragraph (B) above will be charged to the
                                      Purchaser's purchased manweeks for
                                      Technical directions.

                                   -- If the installation schedule is extended
                                      to exceed the manweeks of Technical
                                      Direction provided in (B) above, then
                                      services in excess of stated manweeks will
                                      be billed to the Purchaser at the
                                      Company's published rates in effect at the
                                      time the work is performed.

                                   -- If Technical Direction of Installation
                                      Representative(s) is/are released from the
                                      site by the Purchaser while the
                                      installation is in progress, the same
                                      Technical Direction of Installation
                                      Representative may not be available to
                                      return but will be replaced with a
                                      qualified Technical Direction of
                                      Installation Representative within two
                                      weeks after Company's receipt of written
                                      request from the Purchaser for a Technical
                                      Direction of Installation Representative.


                       Technical Advisory Services                  Page 14.4
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                                   -- Company retains the option to replace the
                                      Technical Direction of Installation
                                      Representative at GE's expense, with
                                      proper overlap to ensure orderly transfer
                                      of responsibilities.

                                   -- Transfer to Subsidiary or Affiliated
                                      Company: This Proposal and all resulting
                                      contracts may be assigned or novated, in
                                      part or in whole, by Seller to one of
                                      Seller's wholly owned subsidiaries upon
                                      written notice to Purchaser setting forth
                                      the effective date of such assignment or
                                      novation. Upon the effective date of this
                                      assignment or novation, all of the rights
                                      and obligations of Seller under this
                                      Proposal and all resulting contracts shall
                                      vest solely in Seller's subsidiary. SELLER
                                      GUARANTEES THE PERFORMANCE OF ITS
                                      SUBSIDIARY AFTER THE ASSIGNMENT OR
                                      NOVATION TAKES EFFECT.

                               D.  Purchaser will not be invoiced for Technical
                                   Direction of Installation Services for work
                                   associated with warranty and/or documented
                                   and agreed upon backcharges.


                          14.3 Purchaser's Responsibilities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               A.  Furnish qualified labor including necessary
                                   foremen and superintendents for its
                                   supervision. The size and composition of the
                                   labor force shall be agreed upon by the
                                   parties prior to the start of installation
                                   and shall consist of the necessary crafts or
                                   trade to obtain optimum schedules.
                               B.  Provide all tools and test equipment,
                                   equipment facilities (including a suitable
                                   office area with electricity, trailer,
                                   shelter or section of the construction
                                   housing area where drawings, special tools,
                                   and other Company equipment can be kept and
                                   referred to or worked upon) and devices
                                   required for the safe handling, storage and
                                   installation of the equipment.
                               C.  Provide the equipment and suitable materials
                                   and supplies not furnished as part of the
                                   equipment which are required for
                                   installation, such as foundation bolts, sole
                                   plates, shims, grouting forms, grouting,
                                   piping beyond the points designated on the
                                   Company's outline drawings, wiring between
                                   pieces of equipment, paint, etc.
                               D.  Provide, as required, operating personnel,
                                   compressed air, fuel, electric power,
                                   lubricant oil and supplies for starting,
                                   operating, and testing the equipment.
                               E.  Consult the Technical Direction of
                                   Installation Representative in advance with
                                   respect to the scheduling of all installation
                                   work and to carry out such work so as to
                                   furnish the Technical Direction of
                                   Installation Representative adequate
                                   opportunity to inspect the work in progress
                                   during his regular working hours.

                       Technical Advisory Services                  Page 14.5
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                               F.  Unload, transport and place the equipment on
                                   its foundations. If required, provide
                                   suitable storage space, transport, store, and
                                   protect the equipment.


                               G.  Purchaser will take all necessary
                                   precautions, at all times, for the safety of
                                   Company personnel at site. This includes, but
                                   is not limited to, indoctrination of
                                   Purchaser's safety practices,
                                   energization/de-energization of all power
                                   systems (electrical, mechanical, pneumatic
                                   and hydraulic) using a lock-out tag
                                   procedure, and conducting periodic safety
                                   meetings during construction and start-up.

                               H.  Climate-controlled and secure office and
                                   storage space adjacent to the work area at
                                   the Site. Purchaser will supply phone lines,
                                   phone and fax service as required, in the
                                   office space. Site sanitary facilities
                                   (bathroom, washroom) will be supplied by the
                                   Purchaser.



                              Technical Advisory Services              Page 14.6
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                             g
-----------------------------------GE Power Systems


                              15. Training
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     15.1 Summary

                               A one week basic familiarization training program
                               is conducted for a selected number of Owner's
                               engineers, operations and maintenance personnel.
                               The training will be conducted at the Owner's job
                               site.

                               The Owner's personnel assigned for training must
                               have prior general knowledge of power plant
                               systems operation.

     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
     15.2 Gas Turbine Familiarization

                        15.2.1 Objective

                               To familiarize operators and supervisory
                               personnel to safely and properly operate a gas
                               turbine-generator unit.

                               Emphasis is placed on the operator's
                               responsibilities with regard to the auxiliary
                               systems, operational data taking, and data
                               evaluation. Operators are also instructed in how
                               to interpret fault annunciation and how to
                               determine if the annunciated fault can be
                               remedied by operator action or by the assistance
                               of instrumentation and/or maintenance personnel.

                               The course focuses on starting, loading, and
                               specific operator checks of the various turbine
                               support and auxiliary systems to
                               ensure safe and reliable operation of the turbine
                               unit.

                        15.2.2 Content

                               The typical Gas Turbine Familiarization course
                               covers the following areas:

                               o    Unit Arrangement
                                    -- Gas Turbine, Generator

                               o    General Description
                                    -- Gas Turbine and Generator Major
                                       Components


                       Training                                     Page 15.1
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                               o    Support Systems
                                    -- Lube Oil
                                    -- Hydraulic and Control
                                    -- Cooling Water
                                    -- Cooling and Sealing Air
                                    -- Fuel(s)
                                    -- Starting
                                    -- Heating and Ventilation
                                    -- Fire Protection
                                    -- Generator Systems

                               o    Control System

                                    -- Control Panel Arrangement
                                    -- Basic Control Functions and Operating
                                       Sequences
                                    -- Basic Protection Functions

                               o    Turbine Generator Operation
                                    -- Startup
                                    -- Operating Parameters
                                    -- Emergency Procedures

                               o    Operator Responsibilities
                                    -- Data Taking and Evaluation
                                    -- Operating Limits and Required Operator
                                       Action on Various Annunciator Indications
                               o    Unit Documentation

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.3 Training Material and Related Conditions (On-Site Training)

                               o    Classes run daily (five days/week) and are
                                    limited to six (6) hours. The actual class
                                    time, a.m. and p.m. hours, is dictated by
                                    the availability of the equipment and the
                                    students per the normal work schedule. Each
                                    class time period should be agreed to by the
                                    Owner's management and GE's instructor(s) at
                                    the beginning of the program. The six (6)
                                    hour class limitation will allow ample time
                                    for the instructor(s) to prepare the next
                                    session's work plan.

                               o    A maximum of twelve (12) students per class
                                    can be accommodated.



                       Training                                     Page 15.2
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                               o    English-speaking instructor(s) will be
                                    furnished for the course duration.

                               o    Each student will be furnished a suitable
                                    bound course instruction handbook in
                                    English; shipment costs have been included
                                    in the firm price quoted herein. Any
                                    materials furnished are exclusively for the
                                    use of the Owner's personnel. This material
                                    is not for resale or to be distributed to
                                    third parties, nor is it to be copied or
                                    reproduced without GE's prior written
                                    permission.

                               o    Any audio or video recording of GE's lecture
                                    material is prohibited unless GE grants
                                    permission in writing in advance of the
                                    training program.

                               o    The instructor(s) will retain all visual
                                    aids such as 35mm slides and transparencies
                                    used to conduct the course.

                               o    The power plant equipment should preferably
                                    be operable and available to support this
                                    course of study.

                               o    GE shall be responsible for the instructors
                                    travel and living expenses during the
                                    training period.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.4 Training Schedule

                               After engineering design has been finalized,
                               training is conducted during a mutually-agreeable
                               time.



                               Training                                Page 15.3
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          g
-------------------------------GE Power Systems

                             16. Mechanical Outline
-----------------------------------------------------------------

                              Later





                             Mechanical Outline                        Page 16.1
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                             Proposal                  91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          g
-------------------------------GE Power Systems



                        17. Electrical One-Line Diagram
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

                       One-Line Diagram                  Later




                               Electrical One-Line Diagram   Page 17.1
                               ---------------------------------------
                               Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
          g
-------------------------------GE Power Systems


                              18. Experience List
----------------------------------------------------------------------------




                       Experience List                              Page 18.1
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MS7001FA         4/12/2000 6:07:32 PM

SHIP YR    CUSTOMER                              COUNTRY   MODEL D     MODEL     NP MWSEGM       FUEL  CYCLE  STATION

<S>        <C>                                   <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>   <C>    <C>
   2000    BUCKSPORT ENERGY/CHAMPION INTL        USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     DA    CC     BUCKSPORT ENERGY

   2000    CONOCO GLOBAL/DUPONT                  USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPG     NG    CC     CONOCO-SABINE

   2000    CONOCO GLOBAL/DUPONT                  USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPG     NG    CC     CONOCO-SABINE

   1999    DUKE ENERGY                           USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     HIDALGO

   1999    DUKE ENERGY                           USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     HIDALGO

   1999    DUKE ENERGY                           USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     MAINE INDEPENDENCE

   1999    DUKE ENERGY                           USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     MAINE INDEPENDENCE

   1999    DUKE FD/LAMAR POWER PARTNERS          USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     PANDA ENERGY/ERCOT 1

   1999    DUKE FD/LAMAR POWER PARTNERS          USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     PANDA ENERGY/ERCOT 1

   1999    DUKE FD/LAMAR POWER PARTNERS          USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     PANDA ENERGY/ERCOT 1

   1999    DUKE FD/LAMAR POWER PARTNERS          USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     PANDA ENERGY/ERCOT 1

   1999    EMI                                   USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     RUMFORD

   1999    GREGORY POWER PARTNERS, LG&E          USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     GREGORY

   1999    GREGORY POWER PARTNERS, LG&E          USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     GREGORY

   1999    HOUSTON INDUSTRIES                    USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     DA    CC     CARDINAL ENERGY/SHELL

   1999    HOUSTON INDUSTRIES                    USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     DA    CC     CARDINAL ENERGY/SHELL

   1999    HOUSTON INDUSTRIES                    USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     DA    CC     CARDINAL ENERGY/SHELL

   1999    SAN ANTONIO TEXAS, CITY OF            USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 EUPG    NG    CC     BRAUNIG

   1999    SAN ANTONIO TEXAS, CITY OF            USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 EUPG    NG    CC     BRAUNIG

   1999    TALLAHASSEE FL, CITY OF               USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 EUPG    DA    CC     PURDOM 8
   1999    TIVERTON POWER ASSOCIATES             USA       MS7001FA               169.90 IPP     DA    CC     TIVERTON
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>      <C>                                   <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>   <C>     <C>
1998     FRONTERA GENERATION LTD PTNR          USA      MS7001FA    MS7231FA   167.80 IPP    NG    CC      CSW-FRONTERA (MERCHANT)

1998     FRONTERA GENERATION LTD PTNR          USA      MS7001FA    MS7231FA   167.80 IPP    NG    CC      CSW-FRONTERA (MERCHANT)
1998     OCCIDENTAL CHEMICAL CORP              USA      MS7001FA               167.00 IPG    NG    CC      INGLESIDE 1 (MERCHANT)
1998     OCCIDENTAL CHEMICAL CORP              USA      MS7001FA               167.00 IPG    NG    CC      INGLESIDE 2 (MERCHANT)

1996     COGENTRIX/CLARK COUNTY, WA            USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   167.80 IPP    DA    CC      RIVER ROAD, CLARK COUNTY

1995     HERMISTON GENERATING L.P.             USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      HERMISTON 1, OR

1995     HERMISTON GENERATING L.P.             USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      HERMISTON 2, OR
1994     CMS GENERATING                        USA      MS7001FA               159.00 IPP    NG    CC      DEARBORN

1994     ENERGY NATIONAL INC.                  USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      CROCKETT COGEN

1994     PORTLAND GENERAL ELECTRIC             USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 EUPG   NG    CC      COYOTE SPRINGS

1993     SITHE ENERGIES/INDEPENDENCE           USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      INDEPENDENCE, SCRIBA

1993     SITHE ENERGIES/INDEPENDENCE           USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      INDEPENDENCE, SCRIBA

1993     SITHE ENERGIES/INDEPENDENCE           USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      INDEPENDENCE, SCRIBA

1993     SITHE ENERGIES/INDEPENDENCE           USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      INDEPENDENCE, SCRIBA

1993     TIGER BAY COGEN                       USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    DA    CC      FORT MEAD, TIGER BAY

1992     FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY         USA      MS7001FA    MS7231FA   159.00 EUPG   NG    CC      MARTIN 3

1992     FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY         USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 EUPG   NG    CC      MARTIN 3

1992     FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY         USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 EUPG   NG    CC      MARTIN 4

1992     FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY         USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 EUPG   NG    CC      MARTIN 4

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                        g                GE Power Systems
------------------------------------------


      19. Quality
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     19.1     GE Power Generation Quality ............................  19.2
     19.2     Quality Services Overview ..............................  19.6
     19.3     Gas Turbine Quality Services ........................... 19.10
     19.4     Generator Quality Services ............................. 19.11
     19.5     Purchased Equipment Quality Services ................... 19.11
     19.6     Standards and Procedures ............................... 19.12
     19.7     Customer Review of GE Documentation .................... 19.14
     19.8     Customer Observation Points ............................ 19.14




                              Quality                                  Page 19.1
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.1 GE Power Generation Quality

                     GE Power Generation (GEPG) is committed to setting the
                     industry standard of excellence for customer satisfaction.
                     Inherent in this objective is our continuing determination
                     to perform every function, every process, to the highest
                     quality standards--from the way we develop and apply
                     technologies to the way we manufacture products and provide
                     services.

             19.1.1  Company Policy Statements

                     The quality standards for the GE corporation are set in GE
                     Policy 20.1, Company-Wide Quality and GE Policy 20.11,
                     Customer Satisfaction. The highlights of Policy 20.1 are:

                     o   Company-Wide Quality, as a corporate objective, means
                         attaining a level of overall performance and attitude
                         that makes GE the natural choice of customers and earns
                         the respect of all those affected by the company's
                         activities.

                     o   Company-Wide Quality, as an individual objective, is
                         achieved by employees who aspire to be better than the
                         best. GE is committed to assisting employees in their
                         pursuit of excellence by providing them with the
                         leadership, cooperative climate, training, facilities
                         and materials consistent with the overall company quest
                         for quality.

                     Policy 20.11 highlights are:

                     o   It is the policy of GE to understand its customers'
                         needs for products and services, as well as all related
                         requirements, and to put its best effort into
                         responding to those customer needs before, during and
                         after every sales transaction.

                     o   GE shall make commitments to its customers which
                         reflect GE's true ability to serve and to make every
                         effort to meet those commitments.

             19.1.2  Power Generation Philosophy

                     "To provide our valued customers with the highest quality
                     products, parts and services with unparalleled customer
                     service, while effectively utilizing every employee and
                     partner working together in an environment of mutual
                     respect, dignity and unyielding integrity."


                              Quality                                  Page 19.2
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            19.1.2.1 Objective

                     The objectives of the Quality Policy are based on the
                     premise that, in striving for excellence in every facet of
                     our operations, we will assure the highest level of
                     customer satisfaction and the fulfillment of their
                     objectives through the products and services Power
                     Generation has provided. Integral to this are the following
                     key elements:

                     o   Customers are both internal and external.

                     o   Quality measurements must be customer oriented.

                     o   Complete understanding of customer requirements and
                         expectations is essential.

                     o   Quality is to be achieved by designing and building
                         quality and reliability into our products and services,
                         optimizing our processes and minimizing or eliminating
                         inspections, waste and rework.

                     o   Business processes and procedures instrumental in the
                         achievement of the Quality Policy are to be defined,
                         documented and controlled.

                     o   Continuous process improvement efforts will focus
                         around process simplification, variation reduction and
                         cycle time compression, utilizing when able, "Best
                         Practices" as models and examples.

                     o   Timely and effective corrective and preventive action
                         will be the key to the continuous improvement process.

                     o   Management involvement plays a critical role in the
                         achievement of the quality objectives.

                     o   The Power Generation Quality System will be based on
                         the International Standard ISO 9001.

            19.1.2.2 Implementation

                     It is the responsibility of the President and CEO, GE Power
                     Systems, and his management teams at all levels, to ensure
                     the understanding and implementation of this policy
                     throughout the business and to provide the necessary
                     processes, practices, procedures and resources necessary to
                     achieve that end.

                              Quality                                  Page 19.3
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            19.1.2.3 Measurement

                     To ensure the success of the Quality Policy, appropriate
                     and meaningful measurements will be identified, developed
                     and reviewed at all levels and functions to ensure that
                     appropriate corrective and preventive action needs are
                     identified and addressed in a timely and effective manner.
                     The type and degree of such measurements will be of a
                     nature to evaluate the performance to the objectives
                     implied in the quality policy and consistent with the
                     continuous improvement philosophy of the business.

                     Such measurements may include, but not be limited to:

                     o   Customer satisfaction measurements

                     o   Internal and external failures

                     o   Audit results

                     o   Process and product quality trends

                     o   Organizational performance data

                     o   Product performance data

                     o   Statistical analysis techniques

                     o   Related cost data

            19.1.2.4 References

                     This policy is intended to support the objectives
                     established in Company Policy 20.1 "Company Wide Quality"
                     and Company Policy 20.11 "Customer Satisfaction".

            19.1.2.5 Review

                     The Quality Policy will be reviewed annually by Executive
                     Management in order to assure its continued applicability
                     and objectives.


                              Quality                                  Page 19.4
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

              19.1.3 ISO 9000 Certification

                     The desire for customer satisfaction drives world class
                     quality. Customers throughout the world are not only
                     demanding a high level of quality, they are requiring this
                     quality be assured through the application of a
                     comprehensive quality program. The ISO 9000 program and
                     certification provide customers with a globally recognized
                     Quality Management system.

                     In order to be more responsive to our customer's needs GE
                     took this customer requirement and made it a top priority.
                     Our Sales, Engineering, Sourcing and Manufacturing
                     functions worked diligently to accomplish ISO
                     certification. GE takes great pride and pleasure in the
                     fact that we were the first power generation supplier to
                     obtain broad scope ISO certification. Lloyd's Register
                     Quality Assurance has assessed and approved GE's quality
                     management system standards of ISO 9001:1994, EN ISO
                     9001:1994 and ANSI/ASQC Q9001-1994.

                     GE has focused on this quality issue, with customer
                     satisfaction being the top priority. The driving force
                     behind our total quality system is to achieve total
                     customer satisfaction by minimizing variances and
                     completing the product or services correct the first time.
                     We established our quality measurements and targets based
                     on the most demanding of our customers' perspective. To
                     satisfy this high level of demand, we focused on our
                     "process" quality, not just the end-products and services.
                     To achieve this we have directly involved our employees,
                     our customers and suppliers in these process improvements.

                     What really counts is our customers' perception of how well
                     we meet their quality requirements and goals. Therefore,
                     our quality measurements and procedures are being
                     constantly monitored and evaluated against both our own
                     high standards and our customers' needs.

              19.1.4 Total Quality Plan

                     GEPG has an integrated total quality plan which addresses
                     all processes, involves all employees and is driven by top
                     management leadership. The principles of total quality are
                     based on achieving total customer satisfaction by
                     minimizing variances and doing the right thing the first
                     time. These principles are:

                     o   Total commitment to quality at every salaried and
                         hourly level

                     o   Assure understanding of customer requirements and
                         expectations


                              Quality                                  Page 19.5
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Directly involve our customers and suppliers in process
                         improvements

                     o   Assign ownership for process design and control to
                         empowered Workout/Continuous Improvement teams

                     o   Focus on "process" quality - not just end-products and
                         services

                     o   Set our quality measurements/targets from the most
                         demanding customer's perspective

                     o   Define the key measures needed to assess variances in
                         process performance

                     o   Apply Continuous Improvement methods to reduce
                         variances and cycle times to progressively improve
                         overall performance

                     o   Train employees and maintain a cadre of leaders

                     o   Implement tracking and reporting systems to monitor
                         progress and results

                     o   Monitor all elements of Cost Of Quality (COQ),
                         including prevention, appraisal, and internal and
                         external failure, plus the impact of "lost
                         opportunities" on net operating income

                     o   Identify and progressively eliminate the source of all
                         avoidable COQ

                     o   Identify, recognize, and reward exceptional individual
                         and team performance

                     GEPG recognizes that ISO 9001 certification covers the
                     basic fundamentals of a quality system. To attain total
                     quality, GEPG has created a comprehensive Quality Manual
                     which meets the requirements of the most demanding customer
                     and sets the total quality guidelines.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.2 Quality Services Overview

              19.2.1 Terms and Definitions for Quality Services

            19.2.1.1 Acceptance Criteria

                     The specific set of measurements and criteria including
                     judgment by which a part, a component, or the whole product
                     is accepted or rejected. The acceptance criteria
                     established by GE (as designer of the equipment) will
                     prevail in all cases.


                              Quality                                  Page 19.6
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            19.2.1.2 Audit Typical

                     A customer examination of typical parts or factory
                     inspection practices (such as NDT, dimensional checks) in a
                     specific area such as turbine wheel UT examination. The
                     "audit typical" is frequently conducted in lieu of a
                     witness point when the parts or components of interest are
                     at a stage of production where the part does not have
                     customer assignment.

            19.2.1.3 Materials Shipped Direct (MSD)

                     Materials or equipment within the GE scope of supply but
                     manufactured by a sub-supplier and shipped directly from
                     the subsupplier to the installation site.

            19.2.1.4 Observe

                     Advance notice of an observation point is provided to the
                     customer and updated as the event nears. Production
                     sequences are followed and the event is not delayed or
                     rescheduled to accommodate customer schedules.

            19.2.1.5 Observation Point

                     A specific test or event in the production cycle observed
                     by the customer or his representative, as an option,
                     without interrupting the normal production flow. Advance
                     notification will be provided to the customer for
                     contractually specified observation points and updated as
                     the event nears. Production sequences will be followed and
                     the event will not be delayed or rescheduled to accommodate
                     customer schedules.

            19.2.1.6 Quality Control Reports (QCR)

                     The reporting form used to identify and track manufacturing
                     nonconformances. The customer representative may review any
                     QCR pertaining to his equipment.

            19.2.1.7 Records Review

                     A joint Customer-Quality representative review of
                     Manufacturing and Quality documentation applicable to or
                     typical of the customer's unit.


                              Quality                                  Page 19.7
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            19.2.1.8 Rights of Acceptance

                     The contractually agreed and stated ultimate power to
                     accept a product or portion of product. Contract documents
                     define the limits of customer rights of acceptance;
                     otherwise, the manufacturer retains the rights.

              19.2.2 Arrangements and Access Guidelines

                     Customer representatives will be provided reasonable access
                     to manufacturing facilities for purposes of obtaining
                     information on production progress, determining status, and
                     observing inspections and tests with respect to the
                     customer ordered power generation equipment. All customer
                     contacts with GE during the manufacturing phase are
                     scheduled in advance through designated personnel in
                     Project Management, Project Engineering and/or
                     Manufacturing.

                     Access will be available at the manufacturing facilities
                     during normal working hours and on an off-hours basis where
                     appropriate or necessary for observation of contractually
                     agreed upon production points. The main manufacturing
                     locations are Greenville, SC and Schenectady, NY.

              19.2.3 Suppliers

                     GE Power Generation maintains a high quality global
                     supplier base. These suppliers are subject to rigorous
                     approval, qualification and surveillance processes to
                     maintain this high level of quality. GE will make additions
                     and deletions from time to time to the current supplier
                     list in an effort to improve quality and delivery while
                     maintaining the ability to provide our customer's equipment
                     at competitive prices.

              19.2.4 Quality Systems Manual

                     GE Power Generation has and maintains controlled Quality
                     Manuals in accordance with good quality practices and
                     established standards.

                     The Quality Manuals are primarily a tool to be used by
                     personnel and components in their pursuit of quality. The
                     manuals provide information to integrate the quality
                     system. All quality related instructions are referenced to
                     permit ready access to pertinent information on any portion
                     of the quality system.


                              Quality                                  Page 19.8
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     The Quality Manuals address the following elements:
                      1.    Management Responsibility
                      2.    Quality System
                      3.    Contract Review
                      4.    Design Control
                      5.    Document Control
                      6.    Purchasing
                      7.    Purchaser Supplied Product
                      8.    Product Identification and Traceability
                      9.    Process Control
                     10.    Inspection and Testing
                     11.    Control of inspection, measuring and test equipment
                     12.    Inspection and Test Status
                     13.    Control of Non-Conforming Material
                     14.    Corrective and Preventive Action
                     15.    Handling, Storage, Packaging, Preservation and
                            Delivery
                     16.    Quality Records
                     17.    Internal Quality Audits
                     18.    Training
                     19.    Servicing
                     20.    Statistical Techniques

              19.2.5 Monitoring and Diagnostics

                     At GE's discretion, a Monitoring and Diagnostics (M&D)
                     system may be utilized by GE to perform quality management
                     during the warranty period of a new unit. The system
                     enables GE's turbomachinery experts located at the M&D
                     Center in Schenectady, NY to remotely monitor trends and
                     detect anomalies that may lead to more serious problems if
                     left uncorrected.

                     The system requires installation of a non-intrusive,
                     proactive GE proprietary computer called the On Site
                     Monitor (OSM) at the customer site to receive and store
                     data from sensors in the unit. The M&D Center, which
                     operates 24 hours per day, seven days a week, periodically
                     accesses the OSM via a phone modem. At the end of the
                     warranty, the OSM may be removed from the customer site.


                              Quality                                  Page 19.9
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.3 Gas Turbine Quality Services

                     The following quality assurance services are available for
                     the Gas Turbine:

              19.3.1 Quality Systems Manual (Review)

                     The GE Gas Turbine Quality Manual and related quality
                     system documentation may be reviewed in detail by the
                     customer with a quality organization representative at the
                     gas turbine manufacturing facilities.

              19.3.2 Quality Program Review (Pre-Inspection Meeting)

                     A one day project-oriented review can be conducted by
                     manufacturing quality professionals at the manufacturing
                     facility. The customer's representatives are exposed to the
                     quality system, manufacturing facilities, quality control
                     methods and records system. A shop tour is conducted,
                     specific customer required quality services are reviewed
                     and any contract-level quality issues are identified.

              19.3.3 Progress and Quality Topics (Review)

                     An informal one day review guided by customer interests and
                     hosted by manufacturing Quality personnel can be held at
                     the manufacturing facility. Specific manufacturing progress
                     is observed, Quality documentation checked, and other
                     customer special interest quality topics discussed.

                     Typical events or activities include:

                     o Audit rotor or stator materials certifications

                     o Audit rotor balance procedures and records

                     o General Factory Tour

                     o Audit typical forging NDT practices

                     o Review typical unit records file


                              Quality                                 Page 19.10
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

              19.3.4 Comprehensive Product Quality Report

                     Gas Turbine personnel will supply on CD ROM the
                     Comprehensive Product Quality Report (CPQR) containing
                     images of the unit certification sheet, rotor assembly and
                     balance data, unit assembly data, and final gas turbine
                     factory test data (when required). The CD ROM will contain
                     all files, programs, and instructions to allow its use on
                     any IBM Compatible personal computer with a CD ROM drive in
                     a Windows environment. The software provides easy
                     identification and retrieval of any item or image.

                     Three (3) copies of the CD ROM will normally be available
                     four weeks after unit shipment. Quality Records personnel
                     will prepare the CD ROM with data from quality records
                     files.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.4 Generator Quality Services

                     The following quality assurance services are available for
                     generator.

              19.4.1 Quality Systems Manual (Review)

                     The Generator Quality Systems Manual and related quality
                     systems documentation may be reviewed in detail by the
                     customer with a quality representative at the manufacturing
                     facilities.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.5 Purchased Equipment Quality Services

                     These services are provided for the major vendor purchased
                     material and equipment required for the turbine-generators.

              19.5.1 Supplier Quality System

                     GE Power Systems utilizes the following three step process
                     for selecting and controlling the quality of the products
                     received from our suppliers:

                     o   Supplier Approval--An approved supplier is one that has
                         been authorized by functional representatives to
                         receive a GE Power Generation Purchase Order.
                         Additional suppliers are selected for potential
                         approval on an on-going basis to maintain high quality,
                         cost effective suppliers.


                              Quality                                 Page 19.11
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>


                     o   Supplier Qualification--Product specific reviews,
                         inspections and qualifications are performed once a
                         purchase order has been placed to assure the supplier
                         complies with the customer requirements. A qualified
                         supplier is one that has proven its ability to
                         manufacture a component to satisfactorily meet all GE
                         requirements.

                     o   Supplier Surveillance--Inspections and quality audits
                         are performed where required to assure conformance to
                         customer requirements.

              19.5.2 Supplier Quality System Review

                     GE Sourcing (purchasing) personnel or a GE representative
                     will arrange for and accompany where necessary the
                     customer's representative on quality-oriented visits to
                     subsuppliers. Emphasis is placed on equipment to be shipped
                     direct to the customer site (MSD equipment). The customer's
                     representative may review the subsupplier's quality
                     program, the GE quality plan for the subject equipment and
                     the status and condition of the equipment designated for
                     their unit. This visit should be coordinated with specific
                     supplier production cycle events or tests as applicable.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.6 Standards and Procedures

              19.6.1 General

                     GE has traditionally designed and manufactured its products
                     in accordance with GE standards, specifications and
                     procedures which are based on U.S. National Codes and
                     Standards applicable to the product. Depending on product
                     needs, the GE standards may fully meet or exceed the
                     corresponding National Code (ASME, NEC, QWS), or deal with
                     state-of-the-art materials, or govern a new proprietary
                     process, or address a special foreign code requirement or
                     meet GE design requirements.

                     The customer or his representative may review and discuss
                     the standards at the manufacturing facilities but copies
                     will not be provided and contents will not be altered.

                     GE specifications, standards, and procedures are also
                     applied to all purchased materials for the GE supplied
                     equipment.


                              Quality                                 Page 19.12
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

              19.6.2 Non-Destructive Testing (NDT)

                     The non-destructive testing practices are based on ASTM
                     standards and ASNT recommended practices as deemed
                     appropriate for the manufacture of the equipment. NDT
                     personnel training is guided by SNT-TC-1A and the necessary
                     process specifications are in place to direct NDT
                     activities including:

                     o   Radiographic (X-Ray)

                     o   Liquid Penetrant (Red Dye)

                     o   Fluorescent Penetrant (i.e., Zyglo)

                     o   Ultrasonic

                     o   Eddy Current

                     o   Magnetic Particle

                     o   Bore Etch and Spin

                     o   Hydrostatic Testing

                     o   Kerosene and Whiting

                     o   Red and Blue Surface Contact


              19.6.3 Rights of Approval and Acceptance

                     GE reserves all rights of acceptance/rejection for
                     components or characteristics except where specifically
                     defined in the GE/Customer contract documentation.

                     Customer reviews or observations of factory tests and
                     inspections do not constitute a waiver of requirements to
                     meet the specified operating conditions, nor does customer
                     inspection relieve GE of its responsibilities.

              19.6.4 Drawings and Records

                     Drawings and records are available for review and
                     discussion on a specific case basis at the manufacturing
                     facility. Copies will not be provided except for normal
                     purchaser drawings and where specifically required in the
                     contract.


                              Quality                                 Page 19.13
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.7 Customer Review of GE Documentation

                     A customer may review whatever quality control plans,
                     procedures, drawings or records are necessary for
                     operations/tests/inspections performed on his parts. (Under
                     certain conditions when his parts may not be available,
                     `typical' documentation, may be reviewed to demonstrate
                     examples.) Due to the fact that such documentation usually
                     contains information considered proprietary, copies are not
                     provided.

                     All documentation reviews will be conducted with an
                     authorized representative, such as the area Quality and
                     Process Engineer. This is necessary as such documentation
                     is usually of a "working" nature and will need
                     interpretation by a knowledgeable individual.

                     Since the review of documentation and data will usually
                     involve in-process product and activities, certain types of
                     documentation may not be made available for customer review
                     until after full resolution and/or implementation of
                     related issues.

                     Advance submittals of specifications, procedures and
                     manufacturing quality plans are not provided.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.8 Customer Observation Points

                     The customer, by previous arrangements, can be notified in
                     advance of significant events in the manufacturing cycle
                     for his major hardware. The normal practice is to provide
                     the customer with a monthly "milestone" schedule of key
                     activities for each of the customer's units.

                     If specific observation points have been contracted,
                     advance notification (usually 5 days) of observation points
                     will be provided with confirmation of 24 - 48 hours.
                     Production work, testing and equipment delivery will not be
                     delayed to accommodate the inspector.

                     Supplied equipment and parts are manufactured under a
                     production and inventory control system. Many parts are
                     produced for "inventory" and are not assigned to a specific
                     customer until time of shipment. Thus, except for certain
                     large components and major serialized parts, it may not be
                     possible to provide an observation point on the actual
                     parts a customer will receive. In such cases, GE recommends
                     that a customer observe the test or inspection on similar
                     parts to assure that the procedures and processes are being
                     followed that will assure a quality part.


                              Quality                                 Page 19.14
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     The following tests and inspections are performed in the
                     manufacturing facilities and are optional observation
                     points. This list should not be taken to mean that any one
                     such test will be performed on a particular part. These
                     points have been developed by GE based upon considerable
                     past experience of what some of our customers have wanted
                     to observe.

            19.8.1   Gas Turbine Tests and Inspections

            19.8.1.1 Rotor Final Balance (Observe) - Optional

                     The customer representative is invited to observe the
                     normal production operation of final rotor balance on the
                     rotor designated for his unit. The completed rotor is set
                     up in the balance machine and stabilized. Unbalance
                     readings are taken in two planes at low speed (300 to 500
                     rpm) and balance correction is applied to one or more
                     planes by weight addition or removal. Final balance
                     readings and mathematical checks are performed to assure an
                     acceptable rotor.

                     Final rotor balance is a single operation on the entire
                     unit for MS6001B, MS6001F, MS7001F, MS9001F gas turbine
                     models (two bearing designs). The MS7001E and MS9001E
                     models, (three bearing designs), have separate balance
                     operations for the compressor section rotor and the turbine
                     section rotor. Manufacturing methods and priorities are
                     such that the customer should plan on separate visits where
                     multiple balancing operations are to be observed.

                     Since GT rotors are considered rigid and are made up of
                     individually balanced, geometrically-controlled components,
                     the low speed balancing operation adequately ensures low
                     vibration levels in the operation unit.

            19.8.1.2 Turbine Factory Final Test

                     There is no factory test as part of the order.

                      However, factory testing of gas turbines will be performed
                     on an audit basis as determined by GE. If a customer's
                     specific machine is scheduled for testing, the customer or
                     his representative(s) may be

                     invited to directly observe operation of his gas turbine
                     during its normal final fire testing.

            19.8.1.3 Unit Ready for Shipment (Observe) - Optional

                     Consisting of up to two (2) distinct inspection points
                     depending on the machine and the customer objectives, this
                     option starts with a walk around


                              Quality                                 Page 19.15
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                     inspection of the unit in the final stages of preparation
                     for shipment. This inspection is after final painting but
                     before the bolting of batten strips which secure the side
                     panels and prevent internal access for machines with
                     on-base lagging. During this inspection the customer may
                     review overall workmanship, completeness of assembly,
                     adequacy of prime painting, application of flange blanking
                     plates, preservation techniques and general shipping
                     practices.

                     Next the customer may desire to see his unit on the rail
                     car ready for shipment. The unit is fully enclosed, if an
                     on-base lagging design, is secured to the car and
                     appropriately marked. It is then shipped by rail, either to
                     location or to port.

          19.8.2     Generator Test and Inspections

          19.8.2.1   Generator Stator

          19.8.2.1.1 Final Electrical Test (Observe)

                     The typically two (2) to four (4) hour inspection includes
                     the following:

                     o   General visual inspection of the fully assembled stator

                     o   Winding Resistance Measurement--The dc resistance of
                         each phase is measured with a low resistance ohm meter
                         along with the winding temperature.

                     o   Insulation Resistance Measurement--Prior to the final
                         winding high potential test, the insulation resistance
                         over a ten minute period is measured with a 500 volt dc
                         insulation tester.

                     o   High-Potential Test--The windings of the armature are
                         tested by grounding two phases and applying a 60 Hz
                         voltage whose RMS value is twice the machine's rated
                         voltage plus 1000 volts. This test is repeated for each
                         phase. This test is done per GE standard which meets or
                         exceeds IEEE 115 and ANSI C50.10.

          19.8.2.2   Generator Field

          19.8.2.2.1 Overspeed and Balance (Observe)

                     Overspeed Test - The overspeed test is intended to expose
                     the components of the field assembly to forces higher than
                     normal and demonstrate the ability of

                              Quality                                 Page 19.16
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     the field assembly to withstand such forces. The field is
                     set up in the high speed balance facility, it is held for
                     three minutes at a speed 20% above the rated speed of the
                     unit.

                     High Speed Balance - The generator field will undergo a
                     high speed balance. The primary objective of precision
                     balancing is to reduce the residual unbalance of the field
                     to the lowest possible level. The approach used in
                     balancing fields is called modal balancing. Each mode of
                     vibration, or critical speed, is balanced in turn, starting
                     with the lowest speed, on first mode. The process proceeds
                     to each critical in turn from the first to the highest
                     critical within the operating speed range. After all
                     criticals are balanced to a small residual vibration level,
                     balance at rated speed is evaluated.

          19.8.2.2.2 Final Electrical Test (Observe)

                     o   Winding Resistance Measurement--The dc resistance of
                         each phase is measured with a low resistance bridge.
                         The winding temperature is also measured.

                     o   Insulation Resistance Measurement--Prior to the final
                         winding high potential test, the insulation resistance
                         over a ten minute period is measured with a 500 volt dc
                         insulation tester.

                     o   High-Potential Test--The windings of the field are
                         tested by applying 10 times the rated field voltage but
                         not less than 1500 volts ac between the field winding
                         and ground for field voltages of 500 volts or less. For
                         fields rated greater than 500 volts, the test voltage
                         is twice the rated voltage plus 4000 volts ac. This
                         test is done per GE standard which meets or exceeds
                         IEEE 115 and ANSI C50.10.


                              Quality                                 Page 19.17
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                        G            GE Power Systems
----------------------------------------


20. Reference Documents
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Document Title                                       Number
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Process Specification Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-            GEI-41040F
Duty Gas Turbines
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications                               GEI-41047H
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Recommendations for Storage of Liquid Fuels                          GEK-28163
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cooling Water Recommendations for Closed Cooling System              GEI-41004G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in Gas Turbines                  GEK-101944
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas Turbine Evaporative Coolers - Design Considerations for          GEK-107158
Water Supplies
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compressor Cleaning                                                  GEK-107122A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Field Performance Testing Procedure                                  GEK-28166A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Standard Field Testing Procedure for NOx Emission                    GEK-28172F
Compliance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas Turbine and Accessory Equipment Preservation                     GEK-28156C
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lubricating Oil Recommendations for Gas Turbines with                GEK-32568E
Bearing Ambients above 500(degree)F (260(degree)C)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Heavy Duty Gas Turbine Operating and Maintenance                     GER-3620F
Considerations
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              Quality                                 Page 20.1
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>



                        G            GE Power Systems
----------------------------------------


21. Spare Parts Recommendation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 Later






                              Spare Parts Recommendation               Page 21.1
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb